1 #LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
69 \font_default_family default
70 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
99 \use_package amsmath 1
100 \use_package amssymb 1
101 \use_package cancel 0
103 \use_package mathdots 1
104 \use_package mathtools 0
105 \use_package mhchem 1
106 \use_package stackrel 0
107 \use_package stmaryrd 0
108 \use_package undertilde 0
110 \cite_engine_type numerical
114 \paperorientation portrait
118 \notefontcolor #0000ff
135 \paragraph_separation indent
136 \paragraph_indentation default
137 \quotes_language english
140 \paperpagestyle default
141 \tracking_changes true
142 \output_changes false
146 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
148 \author 2090807402 "usti"
162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
164 If you have comments on or error corrections to this documentation, please
165 send them to the LyX Documentation mailing list:
166 \begin_inset CommandInset href
168 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
179 \begin_inset Newline newline
183 \begin_inset Newline newline
187 \begin_inset Note Note
190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
191 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
192 \begin_inset Newline newline
197 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
205 \begin_layout Standard
206 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
207 LatexCommand tableofcontents
214 \begin_layout Chapter
218 \begin_layout Section
222 \begin_layout Standard
223 LyX is a document preparation system.
224 It is a tool for producing beautiful manu\SpecialChar \-
225 scripts, publishable books, business
226 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
227 It is unlike most other
228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
235 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
237 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
253 pt type, left justified, 5
254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
262 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you; so you deal only with concepts,
266 \begin_layout Standard
267 This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the
272 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
276 \begin_layout Standard
281 manual describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most important
282 ly, the format of all of the manuals.
283 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
284 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
290 manual describes that, too.
293 \begin_layout Section
297 \begin_layout Standard
298 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
300 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
301 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
305 \begin_layout Standard
306 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
307 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
308 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
310 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
311 only a vertical scrollbar.
312 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
313 The first case is large images.
314 To avoid them being displayed larger than your screen, left click on the
315 image and use the option
321 LaTeX and LyX options
324 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
326 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
327 this doesn't work for equations yet.
330 \begin_layout Standard
331 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
339 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
346 \begin_layout Section
350 \begin_layout Standard
351 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
352 You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
353 Just select the manual you want to read from the
360 \begin_layout Section
362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
364 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
371 \begin_layout Standard
372 Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
374 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
378 \begin_inset Index idx
381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
387 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
388 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
389 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
391 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
392 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
393 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
397 \begin_inset space \space{}
400 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
401 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
403 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
407 \begin_inset Index idx
410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
411 Reconfiguration of LyX
416 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
419 \begin_layout Section
421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
423 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
430 \begin_layout Standard
431 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
432 not be able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
434 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the “backend” that can produce
435 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
439 \begin_layout Standard
440 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
442 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
443 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
446 \begin_layout Standard
447 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
448 you can view from the menu
450 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
470 reconfigure LyX (menu
472 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
476 \begin_inset Note Note
479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
480 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
488 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
489 More about TeX Code is described in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
500 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
507 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
517 \begin_inset Index idx
520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
521 Reconfiguration of LyX
526 See section 5.1 of the
530 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
533 \begin_layout Chapter
537 \begin_layout Section
538 Basic File Operations
539 \begin_inset Index idx
542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
551 \begin_layout Standard
556 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
557 in addition to some more advanced operations:
560 \begin_layout Itemize
572 \begin_layout Itemize
586 \begin_layout Itemize
598 \begin_layout Itemize
604 \begin_layout Itemize
616 \begin_layout Itemize
626 \begin_layout Itemize
640 \begin_layout Itemize
650 \begin_layout Itemize
656 \begin_layout Itemize
662 \begin_layout Itemize
668 arg "dialog-show print"
674 \begin_layout Itemize
680 \begin_layout Standard
681 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
682 a few minor differences.
685 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
696 command lists the available templates.
697 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
698 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
699 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
701 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
707 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
714 \begin_layout Standard
715 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
747 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
748 space is just that — a big, blank space.
756 \begin_layout Standard
777 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time.
781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
782 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
784 Read Additional Features\SpecialChar \@.
802 will reload the document from disk.
803 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
804 and want to restore it to the last save.
813 you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
814 them as your changes.
817 \begin_layout Section
818 Basic Editing Features
819 \begin_inset Index idx
822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
831 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
838 \begin_layout Standard
839 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
840 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
841 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
842 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
844 We will start with cut and paste.
847 \begin_layout Standard
848 As you might expect, the
852 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
853 various other editing features.
854 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
858 \begin_layout Itemize
872 \begin_layout Itemize
886 \begin_layout Itemize
900 \begin_layout Itemize
910 \begin_layout Itemize
920 \begin_layout Itemize
936 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
942 \begin_layout Standard
943 The first three are self-explanatory.
945 \begin_inset Index idx
948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
954 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
963 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
966 \begin_layout Standard
969 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
974 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
980 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
989 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
991 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1000 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1001 will start a new paragraph.
1004 \begin_layout Standard
1005 \begin_inset Index idx
1008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1015 \begin_inset Index idx
1018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1026 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1028 \begin_inset space ~
1032 \begin_inset space ~
1040 \begin_inset space ~
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1050 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1055 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1058 \begin_inset space ~
1067 \begin_inset space ~
1072 button to skip the current word.
1076 \begin_inset space ~
1081 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1085 \begin_inset space ~
1090 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1092 If the toggle is set, searching for
1093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1104 will not match the word
1105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1119 Match whole words only
1121 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1150 LyX offers also an advanced
1153 \begin_inset space ~
1157 \begin_inset space ~
1162 feature that is described in sec.
1163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1169 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1176 \begin_layout Standard
1177 Things like notes, floats, etc.
1178 \begin_inset space \space{}
1182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1190 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1192 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1197 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1204 \begin_layout Standard
1205 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1208 arg "inset-select-all"
1214 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1217 selects the whole document.
1220 \begin_layout Section
1222 \begin_inset Index idx
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1232 \begin_inset Index idx
1235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1242 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1244 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1251 \begin_layout Standard
1252 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1253 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1256 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1259 or the toolbar button
1265 to undo some mistake.
1266 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1268 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1271 or the toolbar button
1278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1285 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1289 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1292 \begin_layout Standard
1293 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive at the document as it
1295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1302 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1303 This is a consequence of the 100
1304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1307 step undo limit mentioned above.
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1319 work on almost everything in LyX.
1320 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1324 \begin_layout Section
1326 \begin_inset Index idx
1329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1338 \begin_layout Standard
1339 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1342 \begin_layout Enumerate
1347 \begin_layout Itemize
1352 once anywhere in the edit window.
1353 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1357 \begin_layout Enumerate
1362 \begin_layout Itemize
1368 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1371 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1374 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1377 \begin_layout Itemize
1378 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1380 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1387 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1392 \begin_layout Standard
1393 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1394 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1398 \begin_layout Section
1400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1402 name "sec:Navigating"
1407 \begin_inset Index idx
1410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1419 \begin_layout Standard
1420 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1423 \begin_layout Itemize
1428 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1429 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1432 \begin_layout Itemize
1433 The “Outline”, which is accessed either by the menu
1435 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1438 or by the toolbar button
1441 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1447 \begin_layout Itemize
1448 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1450 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1453 and use the same menu to return to them.
1454 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1457 \begin_layout Standard
1461 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1466 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1467 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1469 \begin_inset space ~
1474 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1475 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1476 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1477 your last editing position.
1480 \begin_layout Standard
1485 key the cursor will be vertically centered in LyX's main window.
1488 \begin_layout Subsection
1490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1492 name "sub:The-Outliner"
1499 \begin_layout Standard
1500 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1501 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1502 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1510 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1514 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1521 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1526 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1530 \begin_layout Standard
1531 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline opens in many cases a context
1532 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1533 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1534 dialog and to modify the citation.
1537 \begin_layout Standard
1538 The “Filter” field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1540 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1541 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1549 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1552 \begin_layout Standard
1553 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1554 you further to control the display.
1559 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1560 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1566 option keeps it in the current view state.
1567 Keeping means that when you have, for example, the subsections of sections
1568 \begin_inset space ~
1571 2 and 4 displayed and click on section
1572 \begin_inset space ~
1575 3, the subsections of sections
1576 \begin_inset space ~
1579 2 and 4 will still be displayed.
1584 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1585 \begin_inset space ~
1589 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1599 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1602 \begin_layout Standard
1604 \begin_inset space \space{}
1608 \begin_inset Graphics
1609 filename ../images/reload.png
1614 \begin_inset space ~
1617 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1618 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1621 \begin_inset space \space{}
1625 \begin_inset Graphics
1626 filename ../images/down.png
1628 groupId toolbarbuttons
1633 \begin_inset space ~
1637 \begin_inset space \space{}
1641 \begin_inset Graphics
1642 filename ../images/up.png
1644 groupId toolbarbuttons
1649 \begin_inset space ~
1652 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1653 So, for example, you can move section
1654 \begin_inset space ~
1658 \begin_inset space ~
1661 2.4 or after section
1662 \begin_inset space ~
1666 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1668 \begin_inset Graphics
1669 filename ../images/promote.png
1671 groupId toolbarbuttons
1676 \begin_inset Graphics
1677 filename ../images/demote.png
1679 groupId toolbarbuttons
1683 (or the corresponding key bindings
1691 ) you can change the level of sections.
1692 So you can for example make section
1693 \begin_inset space ~
1697 \begin_inset space ~
1701 \begin_inset space ~
1707 \begin_layout Section
1708 Input/Word Completion
1709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1711 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1716 \begin_inset Index idx
1719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1726 \begin_inset Index idx
1729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1760 \begin_layout Standard
1761 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1763 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1764 is used to propose completions.
1767 \begin_layout Standard
1768 Input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1770 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1775 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1782 \begin_inset space ~
1786 \begin_inset space ~
1791 the proposed completion is shown directly after the cursor.
1795 \begin_inset space ~
1800 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1801 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1805 \begin_inset space ~
1811 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1812 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1815 \begin_layout Standard
1816 LyX displays a small triangle after the cursor as an indicator that there
1817 are completions available.
1822 key to accept a proposed completion.
1823 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1824 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1825 and accept the chosen completion by pressing
1832 \begin_layout Standard
1833 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1834 ing options for text.
1835 The special math option
1839 enables characters to be composed.
1840 If, for example, you want to insert the character
1841 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1844 , you can then input the characters
1845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1856 to a formula to get it.
1857 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the use
1858 of the math toolbar.
1859 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1863 that is in LyX's installation folder.
1864 Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
1873 \begin_layout Section
1875 \begin_inset Index idx
1878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1885 \begin_inset Index idx
1888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1917 \begin_inset Index idx
1920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1951 \begin_layout Standard
1952 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
1965 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
1967 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1971 (You can list or change any key bindings as explained in sec.
1972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1978 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
1985 \begin_layout Standard
1989 \begin_inset space ~
1997 \begin_inset space ~
2018 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2022 \begin_layout Labeling
2023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2027 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2028 LatexCommand nomenclature
2030 description "Tabulator key"
2036 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2037 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2038 \begin_inset space ~
2042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2044 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2051 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2055 , especially section
2056 \begin_inset space ~
2060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2062 reference "sub:Lists"
2068 If you're still confused, look in the
2073 \begin_inset Newline newline
2080 key is only used to accept proposed input completions or to move the cursor
2081 in tables or math matrices.
2084 \begin_layout Labeling
2085 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2089 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2090 LatexCommand nomenclature
2092 description "Escape key"
2099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2106 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2107 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2110 \begin_layout Labeling
2111 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2117 \begin_inset space ~
2121 \begin_inset space ~
2128 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2129 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2133 \begin_layout Standard
2134 There are three modifier keys:
2137 \begin_layout Labeling
2138 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2156 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2157 LatexCommand nomenclature
2159 description "Control key"
2163 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2164 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2168 \begin_layout Itemize
2177 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2180 \begin_layout Itemize
2189 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2192 \begin_layout Itemize
2201 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2205 \begin_layout Labeling
2206 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2224 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2225 LatexCommand nomenclature
2227 description "Shift key"
2231 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2232 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2235 \begin_layout Labeling
2236 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2254 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2255 LatexCommand nomenclature
2257 description "Alt or Meta key"
2261 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2262 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2263 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2269 \begin_inset Newline newline
2272 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2274 menu accelerator keys
2277 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2278 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2282 \begin_layout Standard
2283 For example, the sequence
2284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2290 \begin_inset space ~
2294 \begin_inset space ~
2300 \begin_inset space ~
2308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2327 \begin_inset space ~
2333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2343 \begin_layout Standard
2348 manual lists all other things bound to the
2356 \begin_layout Standard
2357 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2358 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2359 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
2360 you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2361 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2362 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2363 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2365 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2381 followed by a capital
2388 \begin_layout Chapter
2390 \begin_inset Index idx
2393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2402 \begin_layout Section
2404 \begin_inset Index idx
2407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2416 \begin_layout Subsection
2420 \begin_layout Standard
2421 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2422 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2423 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2424 numbering schemes, and so on.
2425 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2426 and format the title of your document differently.
2429 \begin_layout Standard
2434 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2435 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2436 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2437 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2438 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2441 \begin_layout Subsection
2443 \begin_inset Index idx
2446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2455 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2462 \begin_layout Standard
2463 You can select a class using the
2465 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2466 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2470 \begin_inset Index idx
2473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2480 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2484 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2488 \begin_layout Standard
2489 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2493 \begin_layout Description
2494 Article for basic articles
2497 \begin_layout Description
2498 Report for basic reports
2501 \begin_layout Description
2502 Book for writing a book
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 Letter for US-style letters
2509 \begin_layout Standard
2510 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2511 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2512 will include many of these.
2513 Here are some of the classes.
2514 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2516 Special Document Classes
2525 \begin_layout Description
2526 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2529 \begin_layout Description
2530 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2534 \begin_layout Description
2535 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2539 \begin_layout Description
2540 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2541 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2542 There are three article layouts available.
2543 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2544 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2545 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2546 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2551 sequential numbering
2552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2555 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2556 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2557 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2558 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2561 \begin_layout Description
2562 Beamer Layout for presentations
2565 \begin_layout Description
2566 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2567 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2571 \begin_layout Description
2572 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2575 \begin_layout Description
2577 \begin_inset space ~
2580 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2583 \begin_layout Description
2584 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2587 \begin_layout Description
2588 Foils Used to make transparencies
2591 \begin_layout Description
2592 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2593 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2597 \begin_layout Description
2598 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2599 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2602 \begin_layout Description
2603 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2606 \begin_layout Description
2607 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2610 \begin_layout Description
2611 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2612 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2613 (Is used by this document.)
2616 \begin_layout Description
2617 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2620 \begin_layout Description
2621 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2624 \begin_layout Description
2629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2636 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2637 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2639 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2642 \begin_layout Description
2643 Slides Used to make transparencies
2646 \begin_layout Description
2648 \begin_inset space ~
2651 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2652 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2655 \begin_layout Description
2656 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2659 \begin_layout Standard
2660 We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
2662 You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
2668 Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
2669 of the document classes.
2672 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2676 \begin_layout Standard
2677 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2679 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2680 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2682 \begin_inset Index idx
2685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2702 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2703 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2705 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2708 \begin_layout Standard
2710 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2711 and some of them, like
2715 , are highly specialized.
2716 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2717 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2719 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2720 by some document class.
2721 There are just too many of them.
2722 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2725 \begin_layout Standard
2726 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2734 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2735 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2736 document class for a new file.
2737 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2742 Installing new LaTeX files
2743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2750 manual for information on how to install them.
2751 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2757 \begin_layout Standard
2758 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2759 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2761 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2762 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2763 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2765 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2768 \begin_inset space ~
2775 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2778 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2787 \begin_inset Index idx
2790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2799 \begin_layout Standard
2800 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2801 chosen document class.
2802 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2803 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2810 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2814 \begin_inset Index idx
2817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2824 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2828 \begin_layout Standard
2829 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2830 always installed by default.
2831 LyX will warn you if you do not have a required package or converter, and
2832 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2833 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2834 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2835 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2836 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2837 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2840 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2844 \begin_inset Index idx
2847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2848 Reconfiguration of LyX
2854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2857 Installing new LaTeX files
2858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2865 manual for more information on installing required packages.
2868 \begin_layout Standard
2869 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2877 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2878 LyX will advise you about these things.
2886 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2890 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2895 \begin_inset Index idx
2898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2899 Document ! Local Layout
2907 \begin_layout Standard
2908 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2909 used in a variety of different documents.
2910 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2911 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2912 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2913 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2914 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2915 What you want is LyX's
2916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2932 manual for information on how to use it.
2935 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2939 \begin_layout Standard
2940 Each class has a default set of options.
2941 Here's a quick table describing them:
2944 \begin_layout Standard
2945 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2953 \begin_inset Tabular
2954 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2955 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
2956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2957 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2958 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2959 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2960 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3414 \begin_layout Standard
3415 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3421 \begin_layout Standard
3422 You're probably also wondering what
3423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3427 \begin_inset space ~
3431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3435 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3436 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3441 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3446 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3456 headings, there are also
3464 headings, and so on.
3465 We will describe these headings fully in section
3466 \begin_inset space ~
3470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3472 reference "sub:Headings"
3479 \begin_layout Subsection
3481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3483 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3488 \begin_inset Index idx
3491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3500 \begin_inset Index idx
3503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3512 \begin_layout Standard
3513 The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
3515 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3522 \begin_inset space ~
3530 \begin_inset space ~
3535 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3537 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3538 to use for your document.
3539 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3543 \begin_layout Standard
3547 \begin_inset space ~
3554 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3560 \begin_inset space ~
3565 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3566 You can choose between the following five options:
3569 \begin_layout Labeling
3570 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3575 Use default page style of current class.
3578 \begin_layout Labeling
3579 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3584 No page numbers or headings.
3587 \begin_layout Labeling
3588 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3596 \begin_layout Labeling
3597 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3602 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3603 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3604 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3607 \begin_layout Labeling
3608 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3613 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3614 have the LaTeX-package
3619 \begin_inset Index idx
3622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3623 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3629 How they are defined is explained in section
3630 \begin_inset space ~
3634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3636 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3645 \begin_inset space ~
3649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3651 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3658 \begin_layout Subsection
3659 Paper Size and Orientation
3660 \begin_inset Index idx
3663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3664 Document ! Paper size
3670 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3672 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3679 \begin_layout Standard
3680 You can find the following options in the menu
3683 \begin_inset space ~
3690 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3696 \begin_inset Index idx
3699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3708 \begin_layout Labeling
3709 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3713 \begin_inset space ~
3718 What size paper to print on.
3723 \begin_layout Itemize
3729 \begin_layout Itemize
3735 \begin_layout Itemize
3741 \begin_layout Itemize
3747 \begin_layout Itemize
3750 US letter, US legal, US executive
3753 \begin_layout Itemize
3759 \begin_layout Itemize
3766 \begin_layout Labeling
3767 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3772 To choose whether to output as
3783 \begin_layout Labeling
3784 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3788 \begin_inset space ~
3793 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3794 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3797 \begin_layout Subsection
3799 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3806 \begin_inset Index idx
3809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3816 \begin_inset Index idx
3819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3828 \begin_layout Standard
3829 Paper margins are set in the menu
3831 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3835 \begin_inset Index idx
3838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3847 \begin_layout Standard
3848 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings
3849 because KOMA-Script calculates the print space automatically by taking
3850 the paper format and the font size into account.
3853 \begin_layout Subsection
3857 \begin_layout Standard
3858 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3863 That includes the paragraph environments.
3864 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3865 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3866 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3867 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3876 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3878 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3879 will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
3880 s manually to a style present in your new document class.
3883 \begin_layout Section
3884 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3885 \begin_inset Index idx
3888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3889 Paragraph ! Indentation
3897 \begin_layout Subsection
3899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3901 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3908 \begin_layout Standard
3909 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3910 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3913 \begin_layout Standard
3914 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3915 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3916 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3917 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3921 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3927 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3928 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3929 language than English.
3930 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the language
3934 \begin_layout Standard
3935 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3936 and text — in fact, all the spacing for just about everything —is pre-coded
3938 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3939 LyX takes care of that.
3940 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3942 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3943 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3944 of a page, and so on.
3948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3949 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3954 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3955 LyX gives you the ability globally to change
3959 these pre-coded spacings.
3960 We will explain more later.
3963 \begin_layout Subsection
3964 Paragraph Separation
3965 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3967 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3972 \begin_inset Index idx
3975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3976 Paragraph ! Separation
3984 \begin_layout Standard
3985 To separate paragraphs, select
3996 \begin_inset space ~
4003 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4007 \begin_inset Index idx
4010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4016 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4019 \begin_layout Subsection
4023 \begin_layout Standard
4024 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4027 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4029 \begin_inset space ~
4034 dialog and toggle the
4037 \begin_inset space ~
4042 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4045 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4049 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4050 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4054 \begin_layout Standard
4055 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4056 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4059 \begin_layout Subsection
4061 \begin_inset Index idx
4064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4065 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4073 \begin_layout Standard
4076 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4080 \begin_inset Index idx
4083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4092 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4095 \begin_inset space ~
4104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4105 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4110 \begin_inset Index idx
4113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4114 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4119 installed to use this feature.
4127 \begin_layout Section
4128 Paragraph Environments
4129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4131 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4136 \begin_inset Index idx
4139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4140 Paragraph ! Environments
4146 \begin_inset Index idx
4149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4150 Paragraph environments|(
4158 \begin_layout Subsection
4162 \begin_layout Standard
4163 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4166 \begin_layout Standard
4185 \begin_inset Newline newline
4188 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4189 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4190 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4199 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4202 \begin_layout Standard
4203 A paragraph environment is simply a
4204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4211 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4212 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4213 scheme, labels, and so on.
4214 Additionally, you can
4215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4222 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4223 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4224 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4225 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4226 days of typewriters.
4227 There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
4229 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4232 \begin_layout Standard
4233 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4234 \begin_inset Graphics
4235 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4241 at the left end of the toolbar.
4242 LyX will change the environment of the
4246 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4247 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4248 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4252 \begin_layout Standard
4261 create a new paragraph using the
4265 paragraph environment.
4267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4274 because if you are in one of these environments:
4277 \begin_layout Itemize
4283 \begin_layout Itemize
4289 \begin_layout Itemize
4295 \begin_layout Itemize
4301 \begin_layout Itemize
4307 \begin_layout Itemize
4313 \begin_layout Itemize
4319 \begin_layout Standard
4320 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4324 , rather than resetting it to
4329 Also the nesting depth is preserved (for more on nesting see section
4330 \begin_inset space ~
4334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4336 reference "sec:Nesting"
4343 \begin_layout Subsection
4347 \begin_layout Standard
4348 The default paragraph environment is
4353 It creates a plain paragraph.
4354 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4355 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4356 this manual) are in the
4363 \begin_layout Standard
4364 You can nest a paragraph using the
4368 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4376 \begin_layout Subsection
4378 \begin_inset Index idx
4381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4390 \begin_layout Standard
4391 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4400 for thanks or contact information.
4401 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4402 page along with today's date.
4403 For other types of documents, the title
4404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4411 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4415 \begin_layout Standard
4416 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4430 Here's how you use them:
4433 \begin_layout Itemize
4434 Put the title of your document in the
4441 \begin_layout Itemize
4442 Put the author name in the
4449 \begin_layout Itemize
4450 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4451 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4457 Note that using this environment is optional.
4458 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4459 If you don't want any date, add the line
4460 \begin_inset Newline newline
4470 \begin_inset Newline newline
4473 to the preamble of your document (menu
4475 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4481 \begin_layout Standard
4482 You can use footnotes to insert
4483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4490 or contact information.
4493 \begin_layout Subsection
4495 \begin_inset Index idx
4498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4514 \begin_layout Standard
4515 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4516 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4519 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4521 \begin_inset Index idx
4524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4525 Section headings ! Numbered
4533 \begin_layout Standard
4534 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4538 \begin_layout Enumerate
4544 \begin_layout Enumerate
4550 \begin_layout Enumerate
4556 \begin_layout Enumerate
4562 \begin_layout Enumerate
4568 \begin_layout Enumerate
4574 \begin_layout Enumerate
4580 \begin_layout Standard
4581 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4582 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4583 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4586 \begin_layout Standard
4587 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4588 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4589 You group the book into chapters.
4590 LyX does similar grouping:
4593 \begin_layout Itemize
4598 is divided into either
4609 \begin_layout Itemize
4621 \begin_layout Itemize
4633 \begin_layout Itemize
4645 \begin_layout Itemize
4657 \begin_layout Itemize
4669 \begin_layout Standard
4670 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4678 Not all document types use the
4682 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4687 is the top-level heading.
4695 \begin_layout Standard
4700 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4701 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4703 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4715 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4717 \begin_inset Index idx
4720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4721 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4729 \begin_layout Standard
4730 The unnumbered section headings have a
4731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4738 at the end of their name.
4739 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4740 the table of contents, see section
4741 \begin_inset space ~
4745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4754 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4755 Changing the Numbering
4756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4758 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4765 \begin_layout Standard
4766 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4767 in the Table of Contents.
4768 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4770 Certain classes start with
4784 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4794 This is something you can change.
4797 \begin_layout Standard
4800 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4804 \begin_inset Index idx
4807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4816 \begin_inset space ~
4820 \begin_inset space ~
4825 you will see two counters.
4830 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4832 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4836 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4837 Short Titles of Headings
4838 \begin_inset Index idx
4841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4842 Section headings ! Short titles
4848 \begin_inset Argument 1
4851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4860 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4867 \begin_layout Standard
4868 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4869 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4870 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4871 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4874 \begin_layout Standard
4875 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4876 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4877 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4878 To specify a short title, use the menu
4880 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4882 \begin_inset space ~
4888 This will insert a box labeled
4889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4904 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4905 This also works for captions inside floats.
4908 \begin_layout Standard
4909 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4912 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4916 \begin_layout Standard
4917 The following information applies to all section headings:
4920 \begin_layout Itemize
4921 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4924 \begin_layout Itemize
4925 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4928 \begin_layout Itemize
4929 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4932 \begin_layout Itemize
4933 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4936 \begin_layout Subsection
4937 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4940 \begin_layout Standard
4941 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4955 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4956 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4957 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4958 the text they contain.
4959 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4967 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4970 \begin_layout Standard
4971 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4980 when you start a new paragraph.
4981 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4985 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4986 Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
4987 have to change back to the
4991 environment yourself.
5000 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5007 \begin_inset Index idx
5010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5019 \begin_layout Standard
5020 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5021 time for the differences.
5030 are identical except for one difference:
5034 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5043 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5046 \begin_layout Standard
5047 Here's an example of the
5060 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5062 See – no indentation!
5066 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5067 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5068 the other paragraph.
5071 \begin_layout Standard
5072 Here's another example, this time in the
5079 \begin_layout Quotation
5085 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5086 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5087 the first line, then
5091 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5095 you were quoting other text.
5098 \begin_layout Quotation
5099 Here's a new paragraph.
5100 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5101 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5104 \begin_layout Standard
5105 As the examples show,
5109 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5110 They should put quotes in the
5115 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5119 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5122 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5128 \begin_inset Index idx
5131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5140 \begin_inset Index idx
5143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5150 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5159 \begin_layout Standard
5164 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5170 \begin_inset Newline newline
5173 Which I did not rehearse!
5177 It could be much worse.
5178 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5180 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5181 indented a bit more than the first.
5182 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5188 \begin_inset Newline newline
5191 And make things look fine
5192 \begin_inset Newline newline
5198 arg "newline-insert newline"
5204 \begin_layout Standard
5209 does not indent both margins.
5210 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5211 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5218 arg "newline-insert newline"
5224 \begin_layout Subsection
5226 \begin_inset Index idx
5229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5245 \begin_layout Standard
5246 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5256 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5265 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5266 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5267 describing some general features of all four of them.
5270 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5274 \begin_layout Standard
5275 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5277 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5286 reset the environment to
5290 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5291 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5292 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5296 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5299 to break paragraphs.
5302 \begin_layout Standard
5303 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5304 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5306 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5307 you read all of section
5308 \begin_inset space ~
5312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5314 reference "sec:Nesting"
5322 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5328 \begin_inset Index idx
5331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5347 \begin_layout Standard
5348 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5352 paragraph environment.
5353 It has the following properties:
5356 \begin_layout Itemize
5357 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5361 \begin_layout Itemize
5362 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5365 \begin_layout Itemize
5366 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5370 \begin_layout Itemize
5371 The items can have any length.
5372 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5373 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5380 \begin_layout Itemize
5385 environment inside another
5389 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5393 \begin_layout Itemize
5394 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5397 \begin_layout Itemize
5398 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5401 \begin_layout Itemize
5403 \begin_inset space ~
5407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5409 reference "sec:Nesting"
5413 for a full explanation of nesting.
5417 \begin_layout Standard
5418 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5427 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5430 \begin_layout Standard
5431 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5432 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5435 \begin_layout Itemize
5436 The label for the first level
5440 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5444 \begin_layout Itemize
5445 The label for the second level is a dash.
5449 \begin_layout Itemize
5450 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5454 \begin_layout Itemize
5455 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5459 \begin_layout Itemize
5460 Back out to the third level.
5464 \begin_layout Itemize
5465 Back to the second level.
5469 \begin_layout Itemize
5470 Back to the outermost level.
5473 \begin_layout Standard
5474 These are the default labels for an
5479 You can customize these labels in the
5481 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5484 dialog in the submenu
5491 \begin_inset Index idx
5494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5503 \begin_layout Standard
5504 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5505 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5507 \begin_inset space ~
5511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5513 reference "sec:Nesting"
5520 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5526 \begin_inset Index idx
5529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5538 name "sec:Enumerate"
5545 \begin_layout Standard
5550 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5551 It has these properties:
5554 \begin_layout Enumerate
5555 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5559 \begin_layout Enumerate
5560 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5564 \begin_layout Enumerate
5565 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5568 \begin_layout Enumerate
5573 environment resets the counter to one.
5576 \begin_layout Enumerate
5589 \begin_layout Enumerate
5590 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5591 Items can have any length.
5594 \begin_layout Enumerate
5595 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5598 \begin_layout Enumerate
5599 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5602 \begin_layout Enumerate
5603 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5607 \begin_layout Standard
5616 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5617 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5624 \begin_layout Enumerate
5625 The first level of an
5629 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5633 \begin_layout Enumerate
5634 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5638 \begin_layout Enumerate
5639 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5643 \begin_layout Enumerate
5644 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5647 \begin_layout Enumerate
5648 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5653 \begin_layout Enumerate
5654 Back to the third level
5658 \begin_layout Enumerate
5659 Back to the second level.
5663 \begin_layout Enumerate
5664 Back to the outermost level.
5667 \begin_layout Standard
5668 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5673 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5678 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5682 \begin_layout Standard
5683 There is more to nesting
5687 environments than we've stated here.
5688 You should read section
5689 \begin_inset space ~
5693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5695 reference "sec:Nesting"
5699 to learn more about nesting.
5702 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5708 \begin_inset Index idx
5711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5720 \begin_layout Standard
5721 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5725 list has no fixed label.
5726 Instead, LyX uses the first
5727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5734 of the first line as the label.
5738 \begin_layout Description
5739 Example: This is an example of the
5746 \begin_layout Standard
5747 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5751 \begin_layout Standard
5753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5760 it is meant that the first hit of the
5764 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5766 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5774 arg "space-insert protected"
5779 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5780 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5782 \begin_inset space ~
5788 \begin_inset space ~
5792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5794 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5798 for more info.) Here is an example:
5801 \begin_layout Description
5803 \begin_inset space ~
5806 Example: This one shows how to use a
5809 \begin_inset space ~
5821 \begin_layout Description
5822 Usage: You should use the
5826 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5827 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5829 It's not a good idea to use a
5833 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5834 You're better off using
5846 paragraphs into them.
5849 \begin_layout Description
5850 Nesting: You can nest
5854 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5858 \begin_layout Standard
5859 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5860 them from the first line.
5863 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5865 \begin_inset Index idx
5868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5877 \begin_layout Standard
5882 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5885 \begin_layout Standard
5894 list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional
5896 Here are its properties:
5899 \begin_layout Labeling
5900 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5902 \begin_inset space ~
5905 labels LyX uses the first
5906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5913 of each line as the item label.
5918 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5919 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5920 blank as described above.
5923 \begin_layout Labeling
5924 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5925 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5926 the body of the item text.
5927 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5928 label width plus a little extra space.
5932 \begin_layout Labeling
5933 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5935 \begin_inset space ~
5938 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5940 If the label width is larger, the label
5941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5948 into the first line.
5949 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5950 margin of the rest of the item text.
5953 \begin_layout Labeling
5954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5956 \begin_inset space ~
5959 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5964 environment has the same left margin.
5965 \begin_inset Newline newline
5968 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5971 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5973 \begin_inset space ~
5978 dialog (toolbar button
5981 arg "layout-paragraph"
5988 \begin_inset space ~
5993 determines the default label width.
5994 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6003 multiple times instead.
6004 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6013 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6016 \begin_inset space ~
6021 every time you alter a label in a
6026 \begin_inset Newline newline
6029 The predefined default width is the length of
6030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6038 \begin_inset space ~
6044 \begin_layout Standard
6049 list the same way as the
6053 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6059 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6063 \begin_layout Standard
6068 lists inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on.
6069 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6071 \begin_inset space ~
6075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6077 reference "sec:Nesting"
6081 to learn about nesting.
6084 \begin_layout Standard
6085 There is yet another feature of the
6089 list: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels
6091 You can use additional
6095 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6100 are documented in section
6101 \begin_inset space ~
6105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6107 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6112 Here are some examples:
6115 \begin_layout Labeling
6116 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6117 Left The default for
6124 \begin_layout Labeling
6125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6126 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6133 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6136 \begin_layout Labeling
6137 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6142 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6149 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6152 \begin_layout Subsection
6154 \begin_inset Index idx
6157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6166 \begin_layout Standard
6167 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6170 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6172 in the document settings.
6173 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6178 \begin_inset Index idx
6181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6182 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6190 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6191 Custom Enumerate Lists
6192 \begin_inset Index idx
6195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6196 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6204 \begin_layout Standard
6206 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6212 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6213 There you add the command
6216 \begin_layout Standard
6224 \begin_layout Standard
6225 in TeX Code (shortcut
6235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6236 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6237 \begin_inset space ~
6241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6243 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6256 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6263 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6264 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6277 For Arabic numerals use
6285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6292 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6307 \begin_layout Standard
6309 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6317 You can only number 26
6318 \begin_inset space ~
6321 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6329 \begin_layout Standard
6330 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6331 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6334 \begin_layout Standard
6335 As example a list with custom numbering:
6338 \begin_layout Enumerate
6339 \begin_inset Argument 1
6342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6368 \begin_layout Enumerate
6369 \begin_inset Argument 1
6372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6395 \begin_layout Enumerate
6400 \begin_layout Enumerate
6401 \begin_inset Argument 1
6404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6428 \begin_layout Enumerate
6429 \begin_inset Argument 1
6432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6458 \begin_layout Standard
6459 For this list these commands were used:
6462 \begin_layout Standard
6473 \begin_inset Newline newline
6481 \begin_inset Newline newline
6489 \begin_inset Newline newline
6499 \begin_layout Standard
6506 makes the label emphasized and
6515 \begin_layout Standard
6516 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6524 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6525 lists until you change the definition.
6533 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6535 \begin_inset Index idx
6538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6539 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6547 \begin_layout Standard
6548 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6551 \begin_layout Enumerate
6552 \begin_inset Argument 1
6555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6574 \begin_inset Note Note
6577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6578 goes back to default numbering
6586 \begin_layout Enumerate
6590 \begin_layout Standard
6594 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6598 \begin_layout Standard
6599 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6604 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6605 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6608 \begin_layout Standard
6609 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6617 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6625 \begin_layout Standard
6626 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6628 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6629 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6630 of a normal enumeration.
6631 There, insert the command
6634 \begin_layout Standard
6640 \begin_layout Standard
6645 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6649 \begin_layout Enumerate
6653 \begin_layout Enumerate
6657 \begin_layout Standard
6658 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6661 \begin_layout Enumerate
6662 \begin_inset Argument 1
6665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6681 This enumeration starts at 4
6684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6686 \begin_inset Index idx
6689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6698 \begin_layout Standard
6699 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6701 For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6704 \begin_layout Itemize
6708 \begin_layout Itemize
6709 with standard spacing
6712 \begin_layout Standard
6713 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6715 Add there the command
6719 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6722 \begin_layout Itemize
6723 \begin_inset Argument 1
6726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6745 \begin_layout Itemize
6749 \begin_layout Itemize
6753 \begin_layout Standard
6754 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6760 \begin_inset Index idx
6763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6764 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6770 For more info see its documentation,
6771 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6780 \begin_layout Standard
6781 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6783 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
6784 in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6785 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6788 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6791 \begin_layout Enumerate
6792 \begin_inset Argument 1
6795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6803 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6816 \begin_layout Enumerate
6817 with negative indentation
6820 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6821 Further Customization
6822 \begin_inset Index idx
6825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6826 Lists ! Customization
6834 \begin_layout Standard
6835 You can also change the style of description lists.
6839 \begin_layout Standard
6845 \begin_layout Standard
6846 changes the description label font, the command
6849 \begin_layout Standard
6855 \begin_layout Standard
6856 sets the list style.
6859 \begin_layout Standard
6860 An example where the command
6863 \begin_layout Standard
6868 itshape, style=nextline
6871 \begin_layout Standard
6875 \begin_layout Description
6877 \begin_inset space ~
6881 \begin_inset Argument 1
6884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6890 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6892 itshape, style=nextline
6902 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6903 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6907 \begin_layout Description
6909 \begin_inset space ~
6912 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6913 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6914 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6917 \begin_layout Standard
6918 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
6924 \begin_inset Index idx
6927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6928 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6934 For more info see its documentation,
6935 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6944 \begin_layout Subsection
6946 \begin_inset Index idx
6949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6958 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6966 \begin_inset space ~
6974 \begin_layout Standard
6975 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6983 \begin_inset space ~
6989 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6990 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6991 In contrast, you can use the
6998 \begin_inset space ~
7003 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7004 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7008 \begin_layout Standard
7009 Of course, you're not limited to using
7016 \begin_inset space ~
7025 \begin_inset space ~
7030 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7031 some European academic papers.
7034 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7038 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7045 \begin_layout Standard
7050 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7051 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7055 \begin_inset space ~
7060 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7061 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7062 Here's an example of each:
7065 \begin_layout Right Address
7067 \begin_inset Newline newline
7071 \begin_inset Newline newline
7075 \begin_inset Newline newline
7078 When is it? What is today?
7081 \begin_layout Standard
7085 \begin_inset space ~
7091 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7092 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7093 Here's an example of the
7100 \begin_layout Address
7102 \begin_inset Newline newline
7105 Where do I send this
7106 \begin_inset Newline newline
7109 Your post office and country
7112 \begin_layout Standard
7113 As you can see, both
7120 \begin_inset space ~
7125 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7130 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7136 This makes sense, since
7144 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7145 Thus, you have to use
7152 arg "newline-insert newline"
7158 \begin_inset space ~
7161 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7163 \begin_inset space ~
7172 menu) to start a new line in an
7179 \begin_inset space ~
7187 \begin_layout Subsection
7191 \begin_layout Standard
7192 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7193 or list of references.
7194 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7197 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7201 \begin_inset Index idx
7204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7213 \begin_layout Standard
7218 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7219 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7220 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7221 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7225 in anything else or vice versa.
7231 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7232 The book document classes ignores the
7236 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7240 in a letter document class.
7243 \begin_layout Standard
7248 environment does several things for you.
7249 First, it puts the centered label
7250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7258 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7260 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7261 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7262 the subsequent text.
7263 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7264 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7267 \begin_layout Standard
7268 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7272 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7273 The new paragraph will still be in the
7278 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7279 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7282 \begin_layout Standard
7283 \begin_inset Float figure
7288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7290 \begin_inset Graphics
7291 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7299 \begin_inset Caption Standard
7301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7304 name "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7325 \begin_layout Standard
7326 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7330 environment, but since this document is in the
7331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7338 class, we can't do this.
7339 We inserted it therefore as figure
7340 \begin_inset space ~
7344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7346 reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7351 If you've never heard of an
7352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7359 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7362 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7368 \begin_inset Index idx
7371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7380 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7387 \begin_layout Standard
7392 environment is used to list references.
7393 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7394 only use it at the end of the document.
7399 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7402 \begin_layout Standard
7403 When you first open a
7407 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7423 depending on the document class.
7424 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7425 Each paragraph of the
7429 environment is a bibliography entry.
7434 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7435 Each new paragraph is still in the
7442 \begin_layout Standard
7443 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7444 by using a BibTeX database.
7445 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7446 phy handling, have a look at section
7447 \begin_inset space ~
7451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7453 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7460 \begin_layout Subsection
7464 \begin_inset Index idx
7467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7468 Paragraph ! LyX code
7474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7483 \begin_layout Standard
7488 environment is another LyX extension.
7489 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7494 key as a fixed whitespace;
7498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7510 \begin_inset space ~
7515 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7520 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7521 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7524 arg "newline-insert newline"
7541 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7542 So, when you finish using the
7546 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7547 Also, you can nest the
7551 environment inside of others.
7554 \begin_layout Standard
7555 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7558 \begin_layout Itemize
7562 arg "newline-insert newline"
7565 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7566 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7570 \begin_inset space \space{}
7580 arg "newline-insert newline"
7586 \begin_layout Itemize
7590 arg "newline-insert newline"
7601 \begin_layout Itemize
7606 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7613 \begin_layout Itemize
7617 arg "space-insert protected"
7624 \begin_layout Itemize
7625 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7626 You must put at least one
7630 in any line you want blank.
7631 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7634 \begin_layout Itemize
7635 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7639 since that will insert
7644 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7647 arg "self-insert \""
7653 \begin_layout Standard
7657 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7661 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7665 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7669 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7673 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7674 printf("Hello World!
7679 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7683 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7687 \begin_layout Standard
7688 This is just the standard
7689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7700 \begin_layout Standard
7705 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7706 rc-files, and so on.
7707 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7708 as if you used a typewriter.
7709 \begin_inset Index idx
7712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7713 Paragraph environments|)
7718 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7721 Program Code Listings
7726 \begin_inset space ~
7734 \begin_layout Section
7735 Nesting Environments
7736 \begin_inset Index idx
7739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7740 Nesting ! Environments
7746 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7755 \begin_layout Subsection
7759 \begin_layout Standard
7760 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7762 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7764 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7766 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7778 \begin_layout Enumerate
7782 \begin_layout Enumerate
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7791 \begin_layout Enumerate
7796 \begin_layout Enumerate
7800 \begin_layout Standard
7801 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7802 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7805 \begin_inset space ~
7809 \begin_inset space ~
7817 \begin_inset space ~
7821 \begin_inset space ~
7830 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7831 will tell you how far you are nested).
7832 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7835 arg "depth-increment"
7841 arg "depth-decrement"
7844 or the convenient key bindings
7855 arg "depth-increment"
7861 arg "depth-decrement"
7864 to change the nesting level.
7865 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7866 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7870 \begin_layout Standard
7871 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7872 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7873 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7874 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7877 \begin_layout Standard
7878 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7879 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7881 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7884 \begin_layout Subsection
7885 What You Can and Can't Nest
7888 \begin_layout Standard
7889 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7890 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7893 \begin_layout Standard
7894 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7895 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7896 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7899 \begin_layout Itemize
7900 Completely unnestable
7903 \begin_layout Itemize
7904 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7908 \begin_layout Itemize
7909 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7913 \begin_layout Standard
7914 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7915 environments have them:
7918 \begin_layout Description
7919 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7920 Can't nest into them.
7924 \begin_layout Itemize
7930 \begin_layout Itemize
7936 \begin_layout Itemize
7942 \begin_layout Itemize
7948 \begin_layout Itemize
7955 \begin_layout Description
7957 \begin_inset space ~
7960 Nestable You can nest them.
7961 You can nest other things into them.
7965 \begin_layout Itemize
7971 \begin_layout Itemize
7977 \begin_layout Itemize
7983 \begin_layout Itemize
7989 \begin_layout Itemize
7995 \begin_layout Itemize
8001 \begin_layout Itemize
8007 \begin_layout Itemize
8014 \begin_layout Description
8015 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8016 You can't nest anything into them.
8020 \begin_layout Itemize
8026 \begin_layout Itemize
8032 \begin_layout Itemize
8038 \begin_layout Itemize
8044 \begin_layout Itemize
8050 \begin_layout Itemize
8056 \begin_layout Itemize
8062 \begin_layout Itemize
8068 \begin_layout Itemize
8074 \begin_layout Itemize
8080 \begin_layout Itemize
8086 \begin_layout Itemize
8092 \begin_layout Itemize
8098 \begin_layout Itemize
8102 \begin_inset space ~
8108 \begin_layout Itemize
8115 \begin_layout Standard
8116 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8124 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8133 \begin_inset space ~
8137 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8141 \begin_inset space \space{}
8144 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8145 well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8146 section headings violate this.
8154 \begin_layout Subsection
8155 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8156 \begin_inset Index idx
8159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8160 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8168 \begin_layout Standard
8169 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8170 affected by nesting anyhow.
8174 \begin_layout Itemize
8178 \begin_layout Itemize
8182 \begin_layout Itemize
8186 \begin_layout Standard
8188 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8196 Figures and tables in
8200 are not affected by this.
8205 Have a look at section
8206 \begin_inset space ~
8210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8212 reference "sec:Floats"
8216 for more information about
8223 \begin_layout Standard
8224 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8225 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8229 \begin_layout Standard
8230 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8238 of its own, it behaves just like a
8239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8246 paragraph environment.
8247 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8251 \begin_layout Standard
8252 Here's an example with a table:
8255 \begin_layout Enumerate
8260 \begin_layout Enumerate
8261 This is (a) and it's nested.
8265 \begin_layout Standard
8266 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8272 \begin_layout Standard
8274 \begin_inset Tabular
8275 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8276 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
8277 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8362 \begin_layout Standard
8363 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8370 \begin_layout Enumerate
8372 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8376 \begin_layout Enumerate
8380 \begin_layout Standard
8381 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8384 \begin_layout Enumerate
8389 \begin_layout Enumerate
8390 This is (a) and it's nested.
8394 \begin_layout Standard
8395 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8401 \begin_layout Standard
8403 \begin_inset Tabular
8404 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8405 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
8406 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8407 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8491 \begin_layout Standard
8492 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8498 \begin_layout Enumerate
8505 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8508 \begin_layout Enumerate
8512 \begin_layout Standard
8513 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8517 \begin_layout Standard
8518 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8520 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8523 \begin_layout Enumerate
8528 \begin_layout Enumerate
8529 This is (a) and it's nested.
8532 \begin_layout Standard
8533 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8539 \begin_layout Standard
8541 \begin_inset Tabular
8542 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8543 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
8544 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8545 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8630 \begin_layout Standard
8631 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8637 \begin_layout Enumerate
8639 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8646 \begin_layout Enumerate
8650 \begin_layout Standard
8651 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8657 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8658 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8662 \begin_layout Subsection
8663 Usage and General Features
8666 \begin_layout Standard
8667 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8676 is the innermost possible depth.
8677 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8680 \begin_layout Enumerate
8681 level #1 – outermost
8685 \begin_layout Enumerate
8690 \begin_layout Enumerate
8695 \begin_layout Enumerate
8700 \begin_layout Itemize
8705 \begin_layout Itemize
8714 \begin_layout Standard
8715 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8716 both of them in the example.
8717 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8727 For example, if we tried to nest another
8732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8739 , we would get errors.
8742 \begin_layout Subsection
8744 \begin_inset Index idx
8747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8756 \begin_layout Standard
8757 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8758 We have several examples of nested environments.
8759 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8763 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8764 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8767 \begin_layout Labeling
8768 \labelwidthstring MMM
8769 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8778 \begin_layout Labeling
8779 \labelwidthstring MMM
8780 #2-a This is level #2.
8781 We created it by using
8784 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8790 arg "depth-increment"
8797 \begin_layout Labeling
8798 \labelwidthstring MMM
8799 #3-a This is level #3.
8800 This time, we just hit
8807 arg "depth-increment"
8811 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8815 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8821 arg "depth-increment"
8828 \begin_layout Standard
8833 environment, nested inside of
8834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8842 So, it's at level #4.
8843 We did this by hitting
8846 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8852 arg "depth-increment"
8855 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8860 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8876 \begin_layout Standard
8881 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8884 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8890 \begin_layout Labeling
8891 \labelwidthstring MMM
8892 #4-a This is level #4.
8896 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8899 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8904 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8908 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8913 keep nesting things inside
8914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8925 \begin_layout Labeling
8926 \labelwidthstring MMM
8927 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8932 \begin_layout Labeling
8933 \labelwidthstring MMM
8934 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8935 and this is level #6.
8936 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8940 \begin_layout Labeling
8941 \labelwidthstring MMM
8942 #5-b Back to level #5.
8946 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8952 arg "depth-decrement"
8959 \begin_layout Labeling
8960 \labelwidthstring MMM
8964 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8970 arg "depth-decrement"
8973 , we're back at level #4.
8977 \begin_layout Labeling
8978 \labelwidthstring MMM
8979 #3-b Back to level #3.
8980 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8984 \begin_layout Labeling
8985 \labelwidthstring MMM
8986 #2-b Back to level #2.
8991 \begin_layout Labeling
8992 \labelwidthstring MMM
8993 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8994 After this sentence, we will hit
8998 and change the paragraph environment back to
9005 \begin_layout Standard
9006 We could have also used the
9022 environment in place of the
9027 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9030 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9031 Example 2: Inheritance
9034 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9035 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9038 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9047 arg "depth-increment"
9050 , after which, we will change to the
9058 \begin_layout Enumerate
9063 environment, at level #2.
9066 \begin_layout Enumerate
9067 Notice how the nested
9071 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9075 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9079 \begin_layout Standard
9080 We ended this example by hitting
9085 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9089 and reset the nesting depth by using
9092 arg "depth-decrement"
9098 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9099 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9108 \begin_inset Argument 1
9111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9112 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9120 \begin_layout Enumerate
9121 This is level #1, in an
9125 paragraph environment.
9126 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9130 \begin_layout Enumerate
9135 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9141 arg "depth-increment"
9145 Now, what happens if we nest an
9149 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9150 label be? An asterisk?
9154 \begin_layout Itemize
9164 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9165 So, its label is a bullet.
9166 (We got here by using
9169 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9175 arg "depth-increment"
9178 , then changing the environment to
9186 \begin_layout Itemize
9187 Here's level #4, produced using
9190 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9196 arg "depth-increment"
9200 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9205 \begin_layout Enumerate
9206 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9208 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9213 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9217 , because we are in the
9226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9245 \begin_layout Enumerate
9250 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9251 type of numbering does LyX use?
9254 \begin_layout Enumerate
9255 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9258 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9261 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9264 \begin_layout Enumerate
9268 arg "depth-decrement"
9271 to decrease the depth after the next
9274 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9281 \begin_layout Enumerate
9283 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9287 \begin_layout Enumerate
9289 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9290 numeral as the label.Why?
9293 \begin_layout Enumerate
9294 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9303 Notice, however, that LyX
9307 reset the counter for the label.
9311 \begin_layout Enumerate
9315 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9321 arg "depth-decrement"
9324 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9325 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9326 into the twofold-nested
9334 \begin_layout Enumerate
9335 The same thing happens if we do another
9338 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9344 arg "depth-decrement"
9347 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9350 \begin_layout Standard
9351 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9356 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9370 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9376 The same rule applies for the
9380 environment, as well.
9383 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9384 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9387 \begin_layout Enumerate
9388 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9389 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9390 the same detail with how we did it.
9399 \begin_layout Standard
9407 arg "depth-increment"
9414 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9415 the example in parentheses someplace.
9416 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9417 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9418 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9422 \begin_layout Enumerate
9427 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9432 Now we will add verse.
9433 \begin_inset Newline newline
9436 It will get much worse.
9437 \begin_inset Newline newline
9447 arg "depth-increment"
9458 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9459 \begin_inset Newline newline
9462 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9463 \begin_inset Newline newline
9469 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9482 \begin_layout Standard
9483 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9489 \begin_layout Standard
9491 \begin_inset Tabular
9492 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9493 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
9494 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9495 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9584 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9594 arg "depth-increment"
9600 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9610 arg "depth-decrement"
9617 \begin_layout Enumerate
9622 : level #1) This is another item.
9623 Note that selecting a
9627 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9628 3 times to put the table inside the
9636 \begin_layout Quotation
9637 We're now ending the
9641 list and changing to
9646 We're still at level #1.
9647 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9648 The next set of paragraphs is a
9649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9656 We will nest both the
9663 \begin_inset space ~
9668 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9672 for the letter body.
9676 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9679 to preserve the depth.
9680 Remember that you need to use
9683 arg "newline-insert newline"
9686 to create multiple lines inside the
9693 \begin_inset space ~
9703 \begin_layout Right Address
9705 \begin_inset Newline newline
9708 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9709 \begin_inset Newline newline
9715 \begin_layout Address
9717 \begin_inset space ~
9723 \begin_layout Quotation
9724 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9725 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9728 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9729 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9730 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9731 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9732 as soon as possible.
9733 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9736 \begin_layout Quotation
9737 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9738 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9739 with your order, along with payment.
9742 \begin_layout Quotation
9743 We thank you again for your patience.
9746 \begin_layout Address
9748 \begin_inset Newline newline
9755 \begin_layout Quotation
9756 That ends that example!
9759 \begin_layout Standard
9760 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9761 just a few keystrokes.
9762 We could have easily nested an
9783 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9786 \begin_layout Section
9787 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9788 \begin_inset Index idx
9791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9800 \begin_layout Standard
9801 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9802 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9803 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9804 be broken at the end of a line.
9805 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9809 \begin_layout Subsection
9811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9813 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9818 \begin_inset Index idx
9821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9830 \begin_layout Standard
9831 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9833 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9837 Further documentation is given in section
9838 \begin_inset Newline newline
9842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9844 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9852 \begin_layout Standard
9853 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9868 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9877 A protected space is set with
9879 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9880 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9884 \begin_inset space ~
9894 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
9900 \begin_layout Subsection
9902 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9904 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9909 \begin_inset Index idx
9912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9913 Spacing ! Horizontal
9921 \begin_layout Standard
9922 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9924 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9925 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9929 The length units are listed in Appendix
9930 \begin_inset space ~
9934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9936 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
9943 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9947 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9952 \begin_inset Index idx
9955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9964 \begin_layout Standard
9966 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9970 \begin_inset space \space{}
9973 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9974 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9975 \begin_inset space ~
9979 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9981 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9986 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9987 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9990 arg "space-insert normal"
9996 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9998 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10000 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10005 \begin_inset Index idx
10008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10017 \begin_layout Standard
10019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10026 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10035 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10036 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10037 inside abbreviations:
10040 \begin_layout Quote
10042 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10046 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10049 \begin_layout Standard
10050 or between values and units.
10051 Compare for example this:
10052 \begin_inset Newline newline
10056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10060 \begin_inset Newline newline
10063 10 kg (normal space
10066 \begin_layout Standard
10067 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10069 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10070 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10072 \begin_inset space ~
10080 arg "space-insert thin"
10086 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10090 \begin_layout Standard
10091 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10094 \begin_layout Description
10096 \begin_inset space ~
10100 \begin_inset space ~
10103 space A line with a
10104 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10108 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10112 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10115 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10118 \begin_layout Description
10120 \begin_inset space ~
10124 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10128 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10132 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10136 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10140 \begin_inset space ~
10144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10147 em) space between the arrows.
10150 \begin_layout Description
10152 \begin_inset space ~
10156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10160 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10164 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10168 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10172 \begin_inset space ~
10176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10179 em) space between the arrows.
10182 \begin_layout Description
10184 \begin_inset space ~
10188 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10192 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10196 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10200 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10204 \begin_inset space ~
10208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10211 em) space between the arrows.
10214 \begin_layout Description
10216 \begin_inset space ~
10220 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10224 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10229 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10236 cm space between the arrows.
10239 \begin_layout Standard
10241 \begin_inset space ~
10245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10247 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10251 lists the different space sizes.
10254 \begin_layout Standard
10255 \begin_inset Float table
10260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10262 \begin_inset Caption Standard
10264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10265 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10267 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10271 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10281 \begin_inset Tabular
10282 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10283 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
10284 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10285 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10373 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10397 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10440 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10502 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10508 \begin_inset Index idx
10511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10520 \begin_layout Standard
10521 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10522 in a uniform fashion.
10523 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10524 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10525 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10526 equally between themselves.
10529 \begin_layout Standard
10530 Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
10533 \begin_layout Quote
10535 This is on the left side
10536 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10539 This is on the right
10542 \begin_layout Quote
10545 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10549 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10555 \begin_layout Quote
10558 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10562 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10566 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10572 \begin_layout Standard
10573 That was an example in the
10579 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10583 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10587 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10590 is one in a standard paragraph.
10591 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10595 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10598 \begin_layout Standard
10599 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10602 \begin_inset space ~
10607 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10610 \begin_layout Standard
10612 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10616 \begin_inset space ~
10622 \begin_layout Standard
10624 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10628 \begin_inset space ~
10634 \begin_layout Standard
10636 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10640 \begin_inset space ~
10646 \begin_layout Standard
10648 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10652 \begin_inset space ~
10658 \begin_layout Standard
10660 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10664 \begin_inset space ~
10670 \begin_layout Standard
10672 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10676 \begin_inset space ~
10682 \begin_layout Standard
10683 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10691 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10695 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10696 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10697 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10701 option in the space dialog.
10709 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10711 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10713 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10718 \begin_inset Index idx
10721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10730 \begin_layout Standard
10731 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10733 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10737 \begin_inset space \space{}
10740 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10743 \begin_layout Standard
10744 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10747 What is correct English?:
10748 \begin_inset Newline newline
10752 \begin_inset Newline newline
10756 \begin_inset space ~
10759 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10760 \begin_inset Newline newline
10764 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10775 \begin_inset Newline newline
10779 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10790 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10796 \begin_layout Standard
10797 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10802 \begin_inset space ~
10806 \begin_inset space ~
10810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10814 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10816 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10817 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10821 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10827 \begin_inset space ~
10831 \begin_inset space ~
10835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10838 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10847 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10848 That is why it is named
10849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10857 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10858 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10862 \begin_layout Subsection
10864 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10866 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10871 \begin_inset Index idx
10874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10883 \begin_layout Standard
10884 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10886 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10887 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10889 \begin_inset space ~
10895 There you find the following sizes:
10898 \begin_layout Standard
10911 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10916 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10918 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10922 \begin_inset Index idx
10925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10926 Document ! Settings
10931 for the paragraph separation.
10932 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10943 \begin_layout Standard
10949 \begin_inset Index idx
10952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10958 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10959 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10961 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10962 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10971 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10980 s are described in section
10981 \begin_inset space ~
10985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10987 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10996 If there are several
11000 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11001 You can therefore use
11005 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11008 \begin_layout Standard
11013 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11014 \begin_inset space ~
11018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11020 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
11027 \begin_layout Standard
11028 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11038 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11039 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11051 \begin_layout Subsection
11052 Paragraph Alignment
11053 \begin_inset Index idx
11056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11057 Paragraph ! Alignment
11065 \begin_layout Standard
11066 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11071 dialog (toolbar button
11074 arg "layout-paragraph"
11078 There are five possibilities:
11081 \begin_layout Itemize
11089 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11095 \begin_layout Itemize
11103 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11109 \begin_layout Itemize
11117 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11123 \begin_layout Itemize
11131 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11137 \begin_layout Itemize
11145 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11151 \begin_layout Standard
11152 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11153 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11154 the left and right margins.
11155 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11158 \begin_layout Standard
11160 This paragraph is right aligned,
11163 \begin_layout Standard
11165 this one is centered,
11168 \begin_layout Standard
11170 this one is left aligned.
11173 \begin_layout Subsection
11175 \begin_inset Index idx
11178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11179 Page breaks ! Forced
11185 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11187 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11194 \begin_layout Standard
11195 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11196 can force a page break where you want one.
11197 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11198 Only if you use a lot of
11202 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11205 \begin_layout Standard
11206 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11207 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11211 have to change the page breaking.
11214 \begin_layout Standard
11215 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11217 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11220 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11222 \begin_inset space ~
11228 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11230 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11231 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11233 \begin_inset space ~
11238 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11240 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11241 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11244 \begin_layout Standard
11245 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11246 at the top of a page.
11247 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11248 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11249 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11250 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11254 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11258 to learn more about
11265 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11269 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11274 \begin_inset Index idx
11277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11278 Page breaks ! Clear
11286 \begin_layout Standard
11287 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11288 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11289 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11290 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11291 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11294 \begin_layout Standard
11295 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11297 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11298 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11300 \begin_inset space ~
11306 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11308 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11309 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11311 \begin_inset space ~
11315 \begin_inset space ~
11320 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11321 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11324 \begin_layout Subsection
11326 \begin_inset Index idx
11329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11338 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11345 \begin_layout Standard
11346 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11348 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11350 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11351 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11353 \begin_inset space ~
11357 \begin_inset space ~
11365 arg "newline-insert newline"
11369 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11371 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11372 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11374 \begin_inset space ~
11378 \begin_inset space ~
11383 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11385 This is useful to avoid
11386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11393 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11396 \begin_layout Standard
11397 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11398 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11399 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11400 set a line break, e.
11401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11405 \begin_inset space \space{}
11408 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11409 \begin_inset space ~
11413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11415 reference "sec:Quote"
11420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11422 reference "sec:Verse"
11427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11429 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11436 \begin_layout Subsection
11438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11440 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11445 \begin_inset Index idx
11448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11457 \begin_layout Standard
11459 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11470 \begin_layout Standard
11474 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11475 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11477 \begin_inset space ~
11482 you can insert horizontal lines.
11483 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11484 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11485 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11488 \begin_layout Standard
11490 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11501 \begin_layout Section
11502 Characters and Symbols
11505 \begin_layout Standard
11506 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11507 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11508 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11512 \begin_inset space \space{}
11515 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11517 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11523 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11527 for information on how this is done.
11530 \begin_layout Standard
11531 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11536 dialog via the menu
11538 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11539 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11545 \begin_layout Standard
11546 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11554 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11555 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11556 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11564 \begin_layout Section
11565 Fonts and Text Styles
11566 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11568 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11575 \begin_layout Subsection
11577 \begin_inset Index idx
11580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11589 \begin_layout Standard
11590 There are two types of fonts:
11593 \begin_layout Description
11595 \begin_inset space ~
11599 \begin_inset Index idx
11602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11608 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11609 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11613 characters) in the font.
11614 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11615 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11616 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11617 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11618 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11619 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11620 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11621 \begin_inset Newline newline
11624 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11625 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11626 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11627 sizes than at small ones.
11628 \begin_inset Newline newline
11642 \begin_inset space ~
11650 \begin_layout Description
11652 \begin_inset space ~
11656 \begin_inset Index idx
11659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11665 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11666 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11667 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11668 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11669 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11670 picture manipulation program.
11671 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11672 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11673 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11674 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11675 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11677 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11678 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11679 \begin_inset Newline newline
11682 Bitmap fonts are named
11685 \begin_inset space ~
11690 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11693 \begin_layout Standard
11694 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11695 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11696 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11697 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11698 use scalable fonts.
11701 \begin_layout Standard
11702 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11703 its document properties.
11706 \begin_layout Standard
11707 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11708 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11709 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11710 font to emphasize text, you use an
11711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11719 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11720 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11724 \begin_layout Subsection
11726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11728 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11735 \begin_layout Standard
11736 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11737 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11738 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11740 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11741 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11742 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11743 to usual word processors.
11744 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11745 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11746 across different machines.
11747 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11748 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11750 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11752 \begin_inset space ~
11756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11758 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11763 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11764 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11768 \begin_layout Standard
11769 Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able to
11770 directly access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely
11772 Both engines are supported by LyX.
11773 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11774 that is installed on your system.
11775 The next section describes how to use these fonts.
11778 \begin_layout Standard
11779 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11787 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11788 es; so you might have to experiment.
11796 \begin_layout Standard
11797 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11805 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11806 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11814 \begin_layout Subsection
11815 Document Font and Font size
11816 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11818 name "sub:Document-Font"
11823 \begin_inset Index idx
11826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11833 \begin_inset Index idx
11836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11845 \begin_layout Standard
11846 You can set the document fonts in the
11848 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11852 \begin_inset Index idx
11855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11856 Document ! Settings
11866 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11867 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11870 \begin_inset space ~
11879 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11880 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11884 \begin_layout Standard
11891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11900 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11901 This requires that you use
11907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11946 as the output format, i.
11947 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11951 \begin_inset space \space{}
11954 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11955 \begin_inset space ~
11959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11961 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11966 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
11967 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
11969 \begin_inset space ~
11972 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11973 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11974 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11976 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11979 \begin_layout Standard
11980 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11985 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11990 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11991 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11998 \begin_inset space ~
12004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12017 European Computer Modern
12020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12027 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12030 \begin_layout Standard
12039 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12040 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12045 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12048 \begin_inset space ~
12053 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12059 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12060 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12063 \begin_layout Itemize
12067 \begin_inset space ~
12072 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12085 \begin_inset space ~
12090 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12094 as the default font.
12095 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12096 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12099 \begin_inset space ~
12112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12113 One difference is improved kerning.
12121 \begin_layout Itemize
12125 \begin_inset space ~
12129 \begin_inset space ~
12134 fonts in (the rare) case that
12137 \begin_inset space ~
12142 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12157 Virtual means that it
12158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12169 -glyphs from other fonts.
12170 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12192 Loading the LaTeX-package
12197 \begin_inset Index idx
12200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12201 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12206 with the document preamble line
12207 \begin_inset Newline newline
12214 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12215 \begin_inset Newline newline
12220 will fix the guillemet problem.
12225 and that accented characters are not
12229 glyph, but built of
12233 characters, the accent and the letter.
12234 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12240 If you search for example for the French word
12241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12248 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12257 and not for the glyph
12258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12262 \begin_inset space ~
12266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12272 \begin_layout Itemize
12273 If you do not like the look of
12281 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12282 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12286 \begin_inset space ~
12292 \begin_inset space ~
12302 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12303 \begin_inset space ~
12306 serif and typewriter fonts,
12310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12311 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12318 \begin_inset space ~
12327 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12328 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12332 \begin_inset space \space{}
12340 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12344 \begin_inset space \space{}
12350 \begin_inset space ~
12358 \begin_inset space ~
12368 but you can also select your own.
12369 \begin_inset Newline newline
12372 The differences between roman,
12375 \begin_inset space ~
12384 fonts are explained in section
12385 \begin_inset space ~
12389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12391 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12396 \begin_inset Newline newline
12402 \begin_inset space ~
12407 was originally designed for newspapers.
12408 Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
12409 into the small newspaper columns.
12413 \begin_inset space ~
12418 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12421 \begin_layout Standard
12422 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12435 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12440 depends on the class you are using.
12441 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12444 \begin_layout Standard
12445 Note that the font size is the
12450 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12451 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12452 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12455 \begin_inset space ~
12461 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12462 \begin_inset space ~
12466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12468 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12475 \begin_layout Standard
12480 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12482 \begin_inset space ~
12485 serif or typewriter.
12490 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12500 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12503 \begin_layout Standard
12512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12521 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12527 \begin_inset Index idx
12530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12531 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12537 \begin_inset space ~
12541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12543 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12548 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12549 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12556 \begin_layout Standard
12557 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12559 Use Old Style Figures
12563 Use True Small Caps
12566 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12569 Use Old Style Figures
12571 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12573 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12574 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12581 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12585 Use True Small Caps
12587 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12588 of scaled capitals.
12589 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12590 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12593 \begin_layout Standard
12598 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12599 a font to display the script characters.
12603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12604 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12609 \begin_inset Index idx
12612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12613 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12618 So this has no effect for the document language
12634 \begin_layout Standard
12635 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12639 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12647 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12651 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12652 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12653 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12655 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12658 dialog, see section
12659 \begin_inset space ~
12663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12665 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12677 \begin_layout Subsection
12678 Using Different Character Styles
12679 \begin_inset Index idx
12682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12689 \begin_inset Index idx
12692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12701 \begin_layout Standard
12702 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12703 certain paragraph environments.
12704 LyX supports two character styles,
12713 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12717 \begin_layout Standard
12722 style, do one of the following:
12725 \begin_layout Itemize
12726 click on the toolbar button
12735 \begin_layout Itemize
12736 use the key binding
12745 \begin_layout Standard
12746 These commands are all toggles.
12751 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12754 \begin_layout Standard
12755 One typically uses the
12759 style for proper names.
12761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12768 is the original author of LyX.
12769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12775 \begin_layout Standard
12776 A more widely used character style is the
12781 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12788 \begin_layout Itemize
12789 clicking on the toolbar button
12798 \begin_layout Itemize
12799 using the keybindings
12808 \begin_layout Standard
12813 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12814 es use a different font.
12817 \begin_layout Standard
12818 We've been using the
12822 style all over the place in this document.
12823 Here's one more example:
12826 \begin_layout Quotation
12829 Do not overuse character styles!
12832 \begin_layout Standard
12833 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12834 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12835 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12836 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12840 \begin_layout Standard
12841 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12849 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12851 \begin_inset space ~
12859 \begin_layout Subsection
12860 Fine-Tuning with the
12865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12867 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12872 \begin_inset Index idx
12875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12884 \begin_layout Standard
12885 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12886 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12887 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12888 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12889 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12890 from ordinary dialog.
12893 \begin_layout Standard
12894 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12895 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12896 \begin_inset Newline newline
12899 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12900 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12903 \begin_layout Standard
12904 To use custom character styles, open the
12906 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12908 \begin_inset space ~
12911 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12914 dialog or press the toolbar button
12917 arg "dialog-show character"
12921 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12922 font property that you can choose.
12923 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12926 \begin_inset space ~
12931 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12936 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12937 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12938 environments in a snap.
12941 \begin_layout Standard
12942 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12945 \begin_inset space ~
12957 \begin_layout Labeling
12958 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12972 The possible options are:
12976 \begin_layout Labeling
12977 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12982 This is the Roman font family.
12983 Normally a serif font.
12984 It's also the default family.
12994 \begin_layout Labeling
12995 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12999 \begin_inset space ~
13006 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13018 \begin_layout Labeling
13019 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13026 This is the Typewriter font family.
13032 arg "font-typewriter"
13041 \begin_layout Labeling
13042 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13047 This corresponds to the print weight.
13052 \begin_layout Labeling
13053 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13058 This is the Medium font series.
13059 It's also the default series.
13062 \begin_layout Labeling
13063 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13070 This is the Bold font series.
13083 \begin_layout Labeling
13084 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13089 As the name implies.
13094 \begin_layout Labeling
13095 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13100 This is the Upright font shape.
13101 It's also the default shape.
13104 \begin_layout Labeling
13105 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13119 s the Italic font shape
13125 \begin_layout Labeling
13126 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13133 This is the Slanted font shape
13135 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13138 \begin_layout Labeling
13139 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13143 \begin_inset space ~
13150 This is the Small caps font shape
13157 \begin_layout Labeling
13158 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13163 Alters the size of the font.
13164 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13165 proportional to the document font size.
13166 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13167 what you want to do.
13172 \begin_layout Labeling
13173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13194 arg "font-size tiny"
13200 \begin_layout Labeling
13201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13222 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13228 \begin_layout Labeling
13229 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13250 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13256 \begin_layout Labeling
13257 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13278 arg "font-size small"
13284 \begin_layout Labeling
13285 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13299 It's also the default size.
13303 arg "font-size normal"
13309 \begin_layout Labeling
13310 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13331 arg "font-size large"
13337 \begin_layout Labeling
13338 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13359 arg "font-size larger"
13365 \begin_layout Labeling
13366 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13387 arg "font-size largest"
13393 \begin_layout Labeling
13394 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13415 arg "font-size huge"
13421 \begin_layout Labeling
13422 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13443 arg "font-size giant"
13449 \begin_layout Labeling
13450 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13455 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13475 arg "font-size increase"
13481 \begin_layout Labeling
13482 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13487 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13507 arg "font-size decrease"
13514 \begin_layout Standard
13519 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13520 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13521 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13522 — use those instead.
13523 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13526 \begin_layout Labeling
13527 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13532 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13537 \begin_layout Labeling
13538 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13545 This is text with emphasize on
13548 This might seem like the same as
13552 , but it is actually a bit different.
13558 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13560 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13563 \begin_layout Labeling
13564 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13571 This is text with Underbar on.
13577 arg "font-underline"
13583 \begin_inset Newline newline
13588 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13589 when you could not change fonts.
13590 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13591 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13595 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13598 \begin_layout Labeling
13599 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13603 \begin_inset space ~
13610 This is text with Double underbar on.
13616 arg "font-underunderline"
13620 \begin_inset Newline newline
13623 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13624 about double underbar.
13627 \begin_layout Labeling
13628 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13632 \begin_inset space ~
13639 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13645 arg "font-underwave"
13649 \begin_inset Newline newline
13652 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13653 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13656 \begin_layout Labeling
13657 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13664 This is text with Strikeout on.
13670 arg "font-strikeout"
13674 \begin_inset Newline newline
13677 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13678 changed in the meantime.
13681 \begin_layout Labeling
13682 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13689 This is text with Noun on.
13696 , this is a logical attribute.
13697 Normally it's equivalent to
13700 \begin_inset space ~
13709 \begin_layout Labeling
13710 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13715 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13716 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13720 \begin_inset space ~
13725 , which is the default
13726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13733 and means normally black, you can choose between
13766 \begin_inset Index idx
13769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13778 \begin_layout Labeling
13779 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13784 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13785 the language of the document.
13786 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13788 \begin_inset Newline newline
13791 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13792 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13793 When using the spell checking (see section
13794 \begin_inset space ~
13798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13800 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13804 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13807 \begin_layout Standard
13808 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13809 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13811 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13813 \begin_inset space ~
13818 dialog, the settings are saved.
13819 You can activate them by using the toolbar button
13822 arg "textstyle-apply"
13826 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13830 \begin_layout Standard
13831 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13838 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13839 (suppose you just set the shape to
13840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13858 \begin_inset space ~
13870 \begin_layout Standard
13871 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13879 \begin_inset space ~
13891 \begin_layout Itemize
13897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13904 font, which means every character has the same width; the
13905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13922 \begin_inset Newline newline
13926 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13940 \begin_inset Note Note
13943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13944 For more on phantoms see section
13945 \begin_inset space ~
13949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13951 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
13961 \begin_inset Newline newline
13967 \begin_layout Itemize
13972 fonts use characters with serifs.
13973 These are the small
13974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13981 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13982 The following example shows the difference:
13983 \begin_inset Newline newline
13987 \begin_inset Newline newline
13992 text without serifs
13995 \begin_inset Newline newline
13998 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13999 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14006 \begin_layout Itemize
14011 is not recommended to use a base type.
14012 This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
14013 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14016 \begin_layout Standard
14017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14024 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14025 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14026 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14028 If you for example apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that
14029 currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle
14030 and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and
14033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14048 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14049 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14057 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14061 \begin_inset space ~
14066 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14078 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14082 \begin_inset space \space{}
14086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14104 \begin_inset space ~
14109 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14118 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14121 \begin_layout Standard
14122 We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
14123 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14126 \begin_layout Section
14127 Printing and Previewing
14130 \begin_layout Subsection
14134 \begin_layout Standard
14135 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14136 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14137 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14138 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14139 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14141 Additional Features
14146 \begin_layout Standard
14147 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14148 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14149 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14150 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14151 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14152 This happens in two stages:
14155 \begin_layout Enumerate
14156 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14157 generating a file with the extension,
14158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14172 \begin_layout Enumerate
14173 Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
14177 file to produce printable output.
14181 \begin_layout Subsection
14182 Output file formats
14183 \begin_inset Index idx
14186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14193 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14195 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14202 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14203 Simple text (ASCII)
14204 \begin_inset Index idx
14207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14208 File formats ! ASCII
14216 \begin_layout Standard
14217 This file type has the extension
14218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14230 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14234 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14241 \begin_layout Standard
14242 You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
14244 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14245 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14247 \begin_inset space ~
14254 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14255 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14257 \begin_inset space ~
14261 \begin_inset space ~
14267 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14273 \begin_inset Index idx
14276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14277 File formats ! LaTeX
14285 \begin_layout Standard
14286 This file type has the extension
14287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14298 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14300 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14301 it manually with console commands.
14302 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14303 you view or export your document.
14306 \begin_layout Standard
14307 You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
14309 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14310 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14325 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14326 \begin_inset space ~
14330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14332 reference "sub:Export"
14339 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14341 \begin_inset Index idx
14344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14353 \begin_layout Standard
14354 This file type has the extension
14355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14375 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14376 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14377 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14381 \begin_layout Standard
14382 DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
14383 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14384 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make
14385 them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer
14386 when you view the DVI.
14387 So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
14390 \begin_layout Standard
14391 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14393 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14394 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14399 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14400 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14402 \begin_inset space ~
14409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14419 The latter option uses the program
14428 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14429 font access (see section
14430 \begin_inset space ~
14434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14436 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14441 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14442 standard TeX processor.
14445 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14447 \begin_inset Index idx
14450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14451 File formats ! PostScript
14459 \begin_layout Standard
14460 This file type has the extension
14461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14473 PostScript was developed by the company
14477 as a printer language.
14478 The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
14480 PostScript can be seen as a
14481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14484 programming language
14485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14488 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14493 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14499 \begin_inset Index idx
14502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14503 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14513 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14516 \begin_layout Standard
14517 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14521 Encapsulated PostScript
14522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14525 (EPS, file extension
14526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14538 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14539 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14541 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14545 \begin_inset space \space{}
14549 \begin_inset space ~
14552 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14553 \begin_inset space ~
14556 conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
14557 This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
14558 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14559 EPS to avoid this problem.
14562 \begin_layout Standard
14563 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14565 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14566 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14572 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14574 \begin_inset Index idx
14577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14584 \begin_inset Index idx
14587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14596 \begin_layout Standard
14597 This file type has the extension
14598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14614 Portable Document Format
14615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14622 was derived from PostScript.
14623 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14632 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14633 looks exactly the same.
14636 \begin_layout Standard
14637 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14641 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14645 (JPG, file extension
14646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14673 Portable Network Graphics
14674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14677 (PNG, file extension
14678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14690 You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
14691 background to one of these formats.
14692 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14693 will slow down your workflow.
14694 So we recommend using images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14697 \begin_layout Standard
14698 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14700 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14706 \begin_layout Description
14708 \begin_inset space ~
14711 (ps2pdf) This uses the program
14715 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14716 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14720 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14721 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14724 \begin_layout Description
14726 \begin_inset space ~
14729 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14733 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14737 \begin_layout Description
14739 \begin_inset space ~
14742 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14746 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14749 \begin_layout Description
14751 \begin_inset space ~
14758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14765 X) This uses the program
14769 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14774 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14775 font access (see section
14776 \begin_inset space ~
14780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14782 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14787 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14788 y written Japanese.
14791 \begin_layout Description
14793 \begin_inset space ~
14800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14807 X) This uses the program
14811 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14816 is an even newer engine, derived from
14820 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14821 access (see section
14822 \begin_inset space ~
14826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14828 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14833 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14834 standard TeX processor.
14837 \begin_layout Standard
14841 \begin_inset space ~
14850 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14851 works without problems.
14852 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14853 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14857 \begin_inset space ~
14864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14876 \begin_inset space ~
14883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14892 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14900 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14902 \begin_inset Index idx
14905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14906 FileFormats ! XHTML
14912 \begin_inset Index idx
14915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14924 \begin_layout Standard
14925 This file type has the extension
14926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14938 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14939 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them.
14940 When LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14941 suitable for the purpose.
14942 For the math output you can choose in the menu
14944 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14945 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14948 between different formats, which are described in section
14950 Math Output in XHTML
14955 \begin_inset space ~
14963 \begin_layout Standard
14964 XHTML output remains
14965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14972 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14975 LyX and the World Wide Web
14979 Additional Features
14981 manual, for more information.
14984 \begin_layout Standard
14985 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14987 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14988 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14994 \begin_layout Subsection
14996 \begin_inset Index idx
14999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15008 \begin_layout Standard
15009 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15010 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15019 or use the toolbar button
15026 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15027 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15034 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15038 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15046 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15051 Further output formats can be selected via
15053 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15056 or the toolbar button
15057 \begin_inset Graphics
15058 filename ../images/view-others.png
15060 groupId toolbarbuttons
15067 \begin_layout Standard
15068 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15069 viewer window using the menu
15071 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15076 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15077 Update (Other Formats)
15082 \begin_layout Standard
15083 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15085 To have a real output, export your document.
15088 \begin_layout Subsection
15089 Printing the File from within LyX
15090 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15092 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15099 \begin_layout Standard
15100 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15101 it directly from within LyX.
15102 To print a file, select the menu
15104 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15107 or click on the toolbar button
15110 arg "dialog-show print"
15114 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15115 This file is then processed by the program
15119 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15124 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15127 \begin_layout Standard
15128 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15129 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15130 printing one set to print on the other side.
15131 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15132 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15133 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15136 \begin_layout Standard
15137 You can set the following print parameters in the
15140 \begin_inset space ~
15148 \begin_layout Labeling
15149 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15154 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15159 Note that this printer name is for the program
15168 has to be configured for this printer name.
15169 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15170 \begin_inset space ~
15174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15176 reference "sub:Printer"
15185 The printer should understand PostScript.
15188 \begin_layout Labeling
15189 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15194 The name of a file to print to.
15195 The output will be a PostScript file.
15196 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15200 \begin_layout Section
15201 A few Words about Typography
15202 \begin_inset Index idx
15205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15214 \begin_layout Subsection
15215 Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
15216 \begin_inset Index idx
15219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15226 \begin_inset Index idx
15229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15238 \begin_layout Standard
15240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15251 character comes in four lengths: the
15263 , and the minus sign:
15264 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15270 \begin_layout Standard
15271 \begin_inset Tabular
15272 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15273 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
15274 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15275 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15276 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15277 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15306 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15346 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15371 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15373 \begin_inset space ~
15376 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15383 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15410 \begin_inset space ~
15413 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15434 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15468 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15474 \begin_layout Standard
15475 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15487 character multiple times in a row.
15488 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15489 the final output, but not in LyX.
15491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15507 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15521 \begin_layout Standard
15522 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15523 math mode and has a length of its own.
15524 Here are some examples:
15527 \begin_layout Enumerate
15528 line- and page-breaks
15529 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15539 \begin_layout Enumerate
15541 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15551 \begin_layout Enumerate
15552 Oh — there's a dash.
15553 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15563 \begin_layout Enumerate
15564 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15568 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15578 \begin_layout Subsection
15580 \begin_inset Index idx
15583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15590 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15592 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15599 \begin_layout Standard
15600 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15601 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15606 \begin_inset Index idx
15609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15610 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15615 following the rules of the document language.
15618 \begin_layout Standard
15619 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15624 font and with unusual constructs, like
15625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15633 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15635 This is done with the menu
15637 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15638 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15640 \begin_inset space ~
15646 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15647 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15650 \begin_layout Standard
15651 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15652 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15662 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15670 as a hyphenation possibility.
15671 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15672 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15673 as described in section
15674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15677 Prevent Hyphenation
15678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15684 \begin_inset space ~
15692 \begin_layout Subsection
15694 \begin_inset Index idx
15697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15706 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15707 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15710 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15717 \begin_layout Standard
15718 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15719 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15720 LaTeX then adds the
15721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15724 appropriate amount of space
15725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15729 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15731 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
15732 gets after another word.
15735 \begin_layout Standard
15736 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15737 not work in all cases.
15739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15750 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15751 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15754 \begin_layout Standard
15755 Here are some examples of
15759 abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
15762 \begin_layout Itemize
15767 \begin_layout Itemize
15772 \begin_layout Standard
15773 And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15776 \begin_layout Itemize
15778 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15782 this is too much space!
15785 \begin_layout Itemize
15790 \begin_layout Standard
15791 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15794 \begin_layout Standard
15795 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15798 \begin_layout Enumerate
15802 \begin_inset space ~
15807 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15808 \begin_inset space ~
15812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15814 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15819 \begin_inset Index idx
15822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15823 Spaces ! inter-word
15831 \begin_layout Enumerate
15835 \begin_inset space ~
15840 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15841 \begin_inset space ~
15845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15847 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15852 \begin_inset Index idx
15855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15864 \begin_layout Enumerate
15868 \begin_inset space ~
15872 \begin_inset space ~
15876 \begin_inset space ~
15883 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15885 \begin_inset space ~
15890 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15891 This function is also bound to
15894 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15900 \begin_layout Standard
15901 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15904 \begin_layout Itemize
15906 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15910 \begin_inset space \space{}
15913 this is too much space!
15916 \begin_layout Itemize
15917 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15921 \begin_layout Standard
15922 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15923 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15924 will take care of this.
15927 \begin_layout Standard
15928 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15932 \begin_inset space ~
15937 feature described in section
15943 Additional Features
15948 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15950 \begin_inset Index idx
15953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15954 Typography ! Quotes
15960 \begin_inset Index idx
15963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15994 \begin_layout Standard
15995 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15996 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15997 and use a closing quote at the end.
15999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16007 The keyboard character,
16011 , generates this automatically.
16014 \begin_layout Standard
16015 You can specify what character the
16019 key produces using the submenu
16025 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16029 \begin_inset Index idx
16032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16033 Document ! Settings
16043 There are six choices:
16046 \begin_layout Labeling
16047 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16059 Use quotes like this
16060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16070 \begin_layout Labeling
16071 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16074 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16078 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16084 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16088 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16094 \begin_layout Labeling
16095 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16098 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16102 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16108 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16112 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16118 \begin_layout Labeling
16119 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16122 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16126 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16132 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16136 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16142 \begin_layout Labeling
16143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16146 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16150 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16156 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16160 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16166 \begin_layout Labeling
16167 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16170 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16174 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16180 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16184 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16190 \begin_layout Subsection
16192 \begin_inset Index idx
16195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16196 Typography ! Ligatures
16202 \begin_inset Index idx
16205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16236 name "sub:Ligatures"
16243 \begin_layout Standard
16244 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16245 print them as single characters.
16246 These groups are known as
16251 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16253 Here are the standard ligatures:
16256 \begin_layout Itemize
16260 \begin_layout Itemize
16264 \begin_layout Itemize
16268 \begin_layout Itemize
16272 \begin_layout Itemize
16276 \begin_layout Standard
16277 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16280 \begin_layout Standard
16281 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16282 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16290 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16306 To break a ligature, use
16308 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16309 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16311 \begin_inset space ~
16318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16329 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16346 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16354 \begin_layout Subsection
16356 \begin_inset Index idx
16359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16368 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16375 \begin_layout Standard
16376 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16377 characters in different sizes and heights.
16378 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16379 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16399 \begin_inset Note Note
16402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16403 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16411 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16412 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16417 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16421 \begin_layout Description
16422 LyX The name of the game, write
16423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16444 \begin_layout Description
16445 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16467 \begin_layout Description
16468 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16490 \begin_layout Description
16491 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16513 \begin_layout Standard
16514 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16519 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16527 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16528 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16529 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16532 : The actual version is
16533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16540 , the previous one was
16541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16551 \begin_layout Standard
16552 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16553 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16557 \begin_inset space \space{}
16560 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16562 This will look in LyX like:
16563 \begin_inset Graphics
16564 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16570 \begin_inset Newline newline
16573 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16574 \begin_inset space ~
16578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16580 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16587 \begin_layout Subsection
16589 \begin_inset Index idx
16592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16601 \begin_layout Standard
16602 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16603 space between two words.
16604 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16614 for units use the menu
16616 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16617 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16619 \begin_inset space ~
16627 arg "space-insert thin"
16633 \begin_layout Standard
16634 Here is an example to show the differences:
16637 \begin_layout Standard
16638 \begin_inset Tabular
16639 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16640 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
16641 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16642 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16649 \begin_inset space ~
16653 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16665 space between number and unit
16672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16677 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16681 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16693 half space between number and unit
16706 \begin_layout Subsection
16708 \begin_inset Index idx
16711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16712 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16720 \begin_layout Standard
16721 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16723 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16724 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16725 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16726 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16727 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16728 These bits of text became known as
16739 \begin_layout Standard
16740 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16741 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16742 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16743 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16744 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16745 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16746 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16749 \begin_layout Standard
16750 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16751 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16752 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16753 \begin_inset space ~
16757 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16759 key "latexcompanion"
16764 \begin_inset space ~
16768 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16774 ) may have more information.
16775 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16778 \begin_layout Chapter
16779 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16782 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16789 \begin_layout Standard
16790 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16793 \begin_inset space ~
16799 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16802 \begin_layout Section
16804 \begin_inset Index idx
16807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16823 \begin_layout Standard
16824 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16827 \begin_layout Description
16829 \begin_inset space ~
16832 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16833 \begin_inset Newline newline
16837 \begin_inset Note Note
16840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16841 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16849 \begin_layout Description
16850 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
16851 a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16853 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16854 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16856 \begin_inset space ~
16862 \begin_inset Newline newline
16866 \begin_inset Note Comment
16869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16870 This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
16878 \begin_layout Description
16880 \begin_inset space ~
16883 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16884 set in the document settings under
16886 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16888 \begin_inset space ~
16894 \begin_inset Newline newline
16898 \begin_inset Newline newline
16902 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16911 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16912 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16917 of a comment that appears in the output.
16923 \begin_inset Newline newline
16927 \begin_inset Newline newline
16930 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16931 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16934 \begin_layout Standard
16935 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16943 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16947 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16950 \begin_layout Section
16952 \begin_inset Index idx
16955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16964 name "sec:Footnotes"
16971 \begin_layout Standard
16972 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16975 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16978 or the toolbar button
16981 arg "footnote-insert"
16993 \begin_inset Graphics
16994 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17003 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17032 label, the box will
17036 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17037 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17050 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
17051 and click on the footnote
17066 \begin_layout Standard
17067 Here is an example footnote:
17075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17076 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17084 \begin_layout Standard
17085 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17086 position where the footnote box is placed.
17087 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17088 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17089 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17091 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17092 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17097 ey are described in the
17100 \begin_inset space ~
17108 \begin_layout Section
17110 \begin_inset Index idx
17113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17120 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17122 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17129 \begin_layout Standard
17130 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17131 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17133 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17135 \begin_inset space ~
17140 or the toolbar button
17143 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17169 appearing within your text.
17170 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17179 \begin_layout Standard
17180 At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
17184 \begin_inset Marginal
17187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17188 This is a marginal note.
17196 \begin_layout Standard
17197 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17198 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17199 pages, right on odd pages.
17202 \begin_layout Standard
17203 For further information about marginal notes see section
17206 \begin_inset space ~
17214 \begin_inset space ~
17222 \begin_layout Section
17223 Graphics and Images
17224 \begin_inset Index idx
17227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17234 \begin_inset Index idx
17237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17246 name "sec:Graphics"
17253 \begin_layout Standard
17254 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17255 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17258 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17263 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17267 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17270 \begin_layout Standard
17271 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17276 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17277 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17279 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17280 \begin_inset space ~
17284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17286 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
17293 \begin_layout Standard
17298 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17299 of the image in the output.
17300 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17304 \begin_inset space ~
17308 \begin_inset space ~
17317 \begin_inset space ~
17321 \begin_inset space ~
17325 \begin_inset space ~
17330 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17331 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17339 \begin_layout Standard
17342 LaTeX and LyX options
17344 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17345 In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17349 \begin_inset space ~
17354 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17355 with the image size is printed.
17359 \begin_inset space ~
17363 \begin_inset space ~
17367 \begin_inset space ~
17372 is explained in the
17375 \begin_inset space ~
17387 \begin_layout Standard
17388 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17389 Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
17391 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17395 \begin_layout Standard
17397 \begin_inset Graphics
17398 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17406 \begin_layout Standard
17407 If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
17408 the image into a float, see section
17409 \begin_inset space ~
17413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17415 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17422 \begin_layout Subsection
17424 \begin_inset Index idx
17427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17436 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17443 \begin_layout Standard
17444 You can insert images in any known file format.
17445 But as we explained in section
17446 \begin_inset space ~
17450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17452 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17456 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17457 LyX therefore uses the program
17461 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17462 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17463 use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17464 \begin_inset space ~
17468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17470 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17477 \begin_layout Standard
17478 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17481 \begin_layout Description
17483 \begin_inset space ~
17486 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17487 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17488 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17492 Graphics Interchange Format
17493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17496 (GIF, file extension
17497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17509 \begin_inset Index idx
17512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17544 Portable Network Graphics
17545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17548 (PNG, file extension
17549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17561 \begin_inset Index idx
17564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17596 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17600 (JPG, file extension
17601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17625 \begin_inset Index idx
17628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17659 \begin_layout Description
17661 \begin_inset space ~
17664 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17666 The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
17667 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17668 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17669 \begin_inset Newline newline
17672 Scalable image formats can be
17673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17676 Scalable Vector Graphics
17677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17680 (SVG, file extension
17681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17693 \begin_inset Index idx
17696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17728 Encapsulated PostScript
17729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17732 (EPS, file extension
17733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17745 \begin_inset Index idx
17748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17780 Portable Document Format
17781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17784 (PDF, file extension
17785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17797 \begin_inset Index idx
17800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17815 , because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
17816 result will not be scalable.
17817 In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17823 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17831 \begin_layout Standard
17832 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17836 \begin_layout Subsection
17837 Grouping of Image Settings
17838 \begin_inset Index idx
17841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17842 Images ! Settings grouping
17850 \begin_layout Standard
17851 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17853 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17854 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17856 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17857 need to manually change each of them.
17861 \begin_layout Standard
17862 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17865 \begin_inset space ~
17870 field in the Graphics dialog.
17871 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17872 by checking the name of the desired group.
17875 \begin_layout Section
17877 \begin_inset Index idx
17880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17887 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17896 \begin_layout Standard
17897 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17900 arg "tabular-insert"
17905 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17909 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17910 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17911 from the rest of the table.
17912 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17913 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17915 Here is an example table:
17918 \begin_layout Standard
17920 \begin_inset Tabular
17921 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17922 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
17923 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17924 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17925 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17926 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18126 \begin_layout Subsection
18130 \begin_layout Standard
18131 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
18134 More\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18138 This brings up the table dialog.
18139 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
18140 cursor is placed currently.
18141 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18142 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18143 done on all of your selection.
18146 \begin_layout Standard
18147 In addition to the table dialog, the
18150 \begin_inset space ~
18155 helps you in setting table properties.
18156 It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
18159 \begin_layout Standard
18163 \begin_inset space ~
18168 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18169 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18170 current cell respectively.
18171 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18173 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18174 of text, see section
18175 \begin_inset space ~
18179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18181 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18188 \begin_layout Standard
18189 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18190 using the check box
18199 This will merge the cells to
18203 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18204 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18205 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18206 Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18207 in the last row without the upper border:
18210 \begin_layout Standard
18212 \begin_inset Tabular
18213 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18214 <features rotate="0" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18215 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18216 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18217 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18218 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18229 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18238 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18314 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18349 \begin_layout Standard
18350 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18351 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18352 explained in the chapter
18359 \begin_inset space ~
18365 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18369 degrees counterclockwise.
18370 These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
18373 \begin_layout Standard
18374 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 Most DVI-viewers are
18386 able to display rotations.
18394 \begin_layout Standard
18399 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18404 adds lines for all cell borders.
18407 \begin_layout Subsection
18409 \begin_inset Index idx
18412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 Tables ! Longtables
18419 \begin_inset Index idx
18422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18431 \begin_layout Standard
18432 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18435 \begin_inset space ~
18439 \begin_inset space ~
18448 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18449 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18452 \begin_layout Description
18457 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18458 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18459 except for the first page, if
18462 \begin_inset space ~
18470 \begin_layout Description
18474 \begin_inset space ~
18479 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18480 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18483 \begin_layout Description
18488 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18489 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18490 except for the last page, if
18493 \begin_inset space ~
18501 \begin_layout Description
18505 \begin_inset space ~
18510 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18511 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18514 \begin_layout Description
18515 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18516 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18518 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18522 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18525 \begin_inset space ~
18533 \begin_layout Standard
18534 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18535 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18536 that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
18542 In this context, first means first in this order:
18545 \begin_inset space ~
18557 \begin_inset space ~
18562 ; see the following longtable to see how it works:
18565 \begin_layout Standard
18567 \begin_inset Tabular
18568 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18569 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18570 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18571 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18572 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18573 <row endfirsthead="true">
18574 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18580 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18585 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18604 <row endfirsthead="true">
18605 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18616 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18625 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18637 <row endhead="true">
18638 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18649 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18658 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18668 <row endhead="true">
18669 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18680 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18689 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 <row endfoot="true">
18702 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18713 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18722 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18753 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19694 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19703 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19712 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19723 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19754 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19785 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19816 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19847 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19878 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19909 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19940 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19971 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20002 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20033 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20064 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20095 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20126 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20157 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20188 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20219 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20250 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20281 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20312 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20343 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20374 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20405 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20436 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20467 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20498 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20529 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20560 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20591 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20622 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20653 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20683 <row endlastfoot="true">
20684 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20695 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20704 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20721 \begin_layout Subsection
20723 \begin_inset Index idx
20726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20735 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20742 \begin_layout Standard
20743 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20744 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20745 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20746 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20750 , etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
20753 \begin_layout Standard
20754 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20755 for the column in the table dialog.
20756 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20757 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20761 \begin_layout Standard
20763 \begin_inset Tabular
20764 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20765 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
20766 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20767 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20768 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20788 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20857 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20913 This is longer now.
20918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20969 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20970 This is longer now.
20975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21001 \begin_layout Standard
21002 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21003 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21008 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21009 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21015 Selection with the mouse or with
21019 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21020 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21021 the selection from outside the table.
21024 \begin_layout Section
21026 \begin_inset Index idx
21029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21045 \begin_layout Subsection
21049 \begin_layout Standard
21050 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21051 have a fixed location.
21053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21060 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21068 \begin_inset space ~
21073 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21074 too many notes on the current page.
21077 \begin_layout Standard
21078 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21079 Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21080 and pages without text.
21081 As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and
21082 the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text.
21083 Floats are therefore numbered.
21084 Referencing is described in section
21085 \begin_inset space ~
21089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21091 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21098 \begin_layout Standard
21099 To insert a float, use the menu
21101 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21105 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21106 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21108 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21109 \begin_inset Index idx
21112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21118 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21119 paragraph within the float.
21120 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21121 by left-clicking on the box label.
21122 A closed float box looks like this:
21123 \begin_inset Graphics
21124 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21129 – a gray button with a red label.
21132 \begin_layout Standard
21133 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21134 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21137 \begin_layout Subsection
21141 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21145 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21150 \begin_inset Index idx
21153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21154 Floats ! Figure floats
21162 \begin_layout Standard
21164 \begin_inset space ~
21168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21170 reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21174 was created using the menu
21176 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21177 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21180 or the toolbar button
21183 arg "float-insert figure"
21187 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21190 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21193 or the toolbar button
21196 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21200 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21201 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21203 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21205 \begin_inset space ~
21210 or the toolbar button
21213 arg "layout-paragraph"
21219 \begin_layout Standard
21220 \begin_inset Float figure
21225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21227 \begin_inset Graphics
21228 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21238 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21241 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21243 name "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21247 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21260 \begin_layout Standard
21261 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21262 to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
21264 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21267 or the toolbar button
21273 and refer to it using the menu
21275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21278 or the toolbar button
21281 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21285 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21294 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21304 For more about cross-references, see section
21305 \begin_inset space ~
21309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21311 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21318 \begin_layout Standard
21319 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21320 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21321 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21322 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21323 as described in section
21324 \begin_inset space ~
21328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21330 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21336 \begin_inset space ~
21340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21342 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21346 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21347 You can also set the images one below the other.
21349 \begin_inset space ~
21353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21355 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21362 reference "fig:Platypus"
21366 are the subfigures.
21369 \begin_layout Standard
21370 \begin_inset Float figure
21375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21376 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21380 \begin_inset Float figure
21385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21386 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21391 name "fig:Undefinable"
21403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21404 \begin_inset Graphics
21405 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21416 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21420 \begin_inset Float figure
21425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21426 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21431 name "fig:Platypus"
21443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21444 \begin_inset Graphics
21445 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21457 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21464 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21469 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21473 Two distorted images.
21486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21488 \begin_inset Index idx
21491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21492 Floats ! Table floats
21500 \begin_layout Standard
21501 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21503 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21504 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21507 or the toolbar button
21510 arg "float-insert table"
21514 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21517 \begin_inset space ~
21521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21523 reference "tab:Table-float"
21530 \begin_layout Standard
21531 \begin_inset Float table
21536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21537 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21542 name "tab:Table-float"
21554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21556 \begin_inset Tabular
21557 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21558 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
21559 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21560 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21561 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21688 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21709 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21712 \end{array}\right]$
21720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21733 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21754 \begin_layout Subsection
21756 \begin_inset Index idx
21759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21768 \begin_layout Standard
21769 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21770 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21771 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21773 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21781 \begin_inset space ~
21789 \begin_layout Section
21791 \begin_inset Index idx
21794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21803 name "sec:Minipages"
21810 \begin_layout Standard
21811 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21813 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21814 \begin_inset space \space{}
21821 \begin_layout Standard
21822 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21824 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21828 Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21829 and its alignment within the page.
21832 \begin_layout Standard
21834 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21844 height_special "totalheight"
21847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21850 This is a minipage.
21851 The text is set in an italic style.
21854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21857 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21858 another formatting.
21866 \begin_layout Standard
21867 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21870 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21874 as described in section
21875 \begin_inset space ~
21879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21881 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21886 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21892 \begin_layout Standard
21893 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21903 height_special "totalheight"
21906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21907 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21908 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21914 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21918 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21928 height_special "totalheight"
21931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21932 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21933 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21941 \begin_layout Standard
21942 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21948 \begin_layout Standard
21949 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
21951 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21958 \begin_inset space ~
21966 \begin_layout Chapter
21967 Mathematical Formulas
21968 \begin_inset Index idx
21971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21978 \begin_inset Index idx
21981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22010 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22012 name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
22019 \begin_layout Standard
22020 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22025 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22028 \begin_layout Section
22030 \begin_inset Index idx
22033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22042 \begin_layout Standard
22043 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22050 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22052 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22053 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22054 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22056 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22062 \begin_layout Standard
22063 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22067 \begin_inset space ~
22072 , that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
22075 \begin_layout Standard
22076 There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
22077 Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
22080 \begin_layout Standard
22081 This is a line with an inline formula
22082 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22088 \begin_layout Standard
22089 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
22090 paragraph, like this one:
22091 \begin_inset Formula
22098 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22101 \begin_layout Standard
22102 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22104 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22108 \begin_inset space \space{}
22112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22125 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22126 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22130 Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22133 \begin_inset space ~
22141 \begin_layout Subsection
22142 Navigating in Formulas
22143 \begin_inset Index idx
22146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22155 \begin_layout Standard
22156 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22157 achieved with the arrow keys.
22158 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22159 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22164 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22165 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22169 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22173 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22176 \end{array}\right]$
22184 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22189 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22190 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22193 \begin_layout Standard
22198 , printed in this document as
22199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22220 \begin_inset Note Note
22223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22224 This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
22225 the space character (visible space).
22230 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22231 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22232 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22237 For example, if you want
22238 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22292 , since in the latter case only the
22295 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22300 will be under the square root sign:
22301 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22307 \begin_layout Standard
22308 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22310 \begin_inset Formula
22312 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22321 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22322 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22325 \begin_layout Subsection
22329 \begin_layout Standard
22330 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22331 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22335 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22336 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22337 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22338 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22339 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22342 \begin_layout Subsection
22343 Exponents and Subscripts
22344 \begin_inset Index idx
22347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22354 \begin_inset Index idx
22357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22366 \begin_layout Standard
22367 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
22370 arg "math-superscript"
22376 arg "math-subscript"
22379 ), but the much easier way is to use a command.
22381 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22384 , type in a formula
22390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22406 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22412 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22416 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22437 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22446 , you have to use an extra
22450 to separate the hat and the character.
22452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22456 \begin_inset space \space{}
22460 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22481 Subscripts are similar: To get
22482 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22505 \begin_layout Subsection
22507 \begin_inset Index idx
22510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22519 \begin_layout Standard
22520 Create a fraction with either the command
22529 arg "math-insert \\frac"
22535 \begin_inset space ~
22541 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22542 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22543 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22548 To move back up, press
22553 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22554 \begin_inset Formula
22556 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22559 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22567 \begin_layout Subsection
22569 \begin_inset Index idx
22572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22581 \begin_layout Standard
22582 Roots can be created using the
22585 \begin_inset space ~
22593 arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
22599 arg "math-insert \\root"
22621 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22627 produces always a square root.
22630 \begin_layout Subsection
22631 Operators with Limits
22632 \begin_inset Index idx
22635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22642 \begin_inset Index idx
22645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22654 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22661 \begin_layout Standard
22663 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22667 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22670 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22671 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22672 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22673 The sum operator will automatically place its
22674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22681 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22684 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22688 \begin_inset Formula
22690 \sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22695 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22699 \begin_layout Standard
22700 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22702 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22703 behind the operator and hitting
22711 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22712 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22714 \begin_inset space ~
22718 \begin_inset space ~
22726 \begin_layout Standard
22727 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22735 feature as addition, such as
22736 \begin_inset Index idx
22739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22746 \begin_inset Formula
22748 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22753 which will place the
22754 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22766 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22767 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22773 \begin_layout Standard
22774 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22781 Have a look at section
22782 \begin_inset space ~
22786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22788 reference "sub:Functions"
22792 for an explanation of function macros.
22795 \begin_layout Subsection
22797 \begin_inset Index idx
22800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22809 \begin_layout Standard
22810 Most math symbols can be found in the
22813 \begin_inset space ~
22818 under one of several categories; including
22835 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22839 \begin_layout Standard
22840 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22841 you don't have to use the
22844 \begin_inset space ~
22849 ; you can type the command directly into the formula.
22850 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22853 \begin_layout Subsection
22855 \begin_inset Index idx
22858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22867 \begin_layout Standard
22868 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22873 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
22879 \begin_inset space ~
22889 arg "math-insert \\space"
22895 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22896 For example, the sequence
22901 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22905 \begin_inset Graphics
22906 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22911 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22912 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22913 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22914 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22916 Here are two examples:
22919 \begin_layout Standard
22929 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22935 \begin_layout Standard
22945 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22951 \begin_layout Subsection
22953 \begin_inset Index idx
22956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22965 name "sub:Functions"
22972 \begin_layout Standard
22976 \begin_inset space ~
22981 contains under the button
22986 arg "math-insert \\functions"
22991 a number of function macros, such as
22992 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22996 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23004 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23011 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23012 avoid confusions, because
23013 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23017 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23023 \begin_layout Standard
23024 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23026 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23030 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23036 \begin_layout Standard
23037 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23038 s are placed, as described in section
23039 \begin_inset space ~
23043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23045 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23052 \begin_layout Subsection
23054 \begin_inset Index idx
23057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23066 \begin_layout Standard
23067 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23069 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23070 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23071 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23075 \begin_inset space \space{}
23079 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23082 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23083 Our example is entered by typing
23091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23104 \begin_inset space ~
23108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23110 reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
23114 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23117 \begin_layout Standard
23118 \begin_inset Float table
23123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23124 \begin_inset Caption Standard
23126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23127 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23129 name "tab:Accent-names-and"
23133 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23143 \begin_inset Tabular
23144 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23145 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
23146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23147 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23232 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23286 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23340 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23394 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23448 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23502 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23556 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23610 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23664 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23709 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23730 \begin_layout Standard
23731 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23734 \begin_inset space ~
23742 arg "math-insert \\hat"
23745 in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23749 \begin_layout Section
23750 Brackets and Delimiters
23751 \begin_inset Index idx
23754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23761 \begin_inset Index idx
23764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23771 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23773 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23780 \begin_layout Standard
23781 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23782 For some purposes, using just the keys
23787 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23788 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23789 toolbar delimiter icon
23792 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23796 For example, that is how you would construct the brackets around a matrix:
23797 \begin_inset Formula
23799 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23807 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
23808 Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
23812 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23815 and the expression on the right was entered using the
23821 \begin_inset Formula
23823 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
23831 \begin_layout Standard
23832 If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
23833 that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
23837 \begin_layout Standard
23838 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23839 left side and right side.
23840 If you use the option
23843 \begin_inset space ~
23848 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23849 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23850 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23851 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23854 \begin_layout Standard
23855 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23856 you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to
23857 go inside the brackets.
23858 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23863 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23864 The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
23865 braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
23866 For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select
23867 the structure and enter
23870 arg "math-delim ( )"
23876 \begin_layout Section
23877 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23878 \begin_inset Index idx
23881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23888 \begin_inset Index idx
23891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23898 \begin_inset Index idx
23901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23902 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23910 \begin_layout Standard
23911 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23914 \begin_inset space ~
23924 arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
23930 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23931 Here is an example:
23932 \begin_inset Formula
23934 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23943 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23944 \begin_inset space ~
23948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23950 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23955 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23956 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23957 This alignment is set in the box
23962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24010 for every column as default.
24011 For example, the sequence
24012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24023 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24024 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24025 corresponds to the relevant column.
24026 The result will look like this:
24027 \begin_inset Formula
24030 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24031 column & has & has\, right\\
24032 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24041 \begin_layout Standard
24042 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24045 arg "newline-insert newline"
24048 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24049 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24054 or the math toolbar.
24057 \begin_layout Standard
24058 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24059 It can be created with the menu
24061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24062 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24064 \begin_inset space ~
24076 Here is an example:
24077 \begin_inset Formula
24091 \begin_layout Standard
24092 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24095 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24098 arg "newline-insert newline"
24102 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24107 arg "newline-insert newline"
24110 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24118 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24119 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24120 A new row is created by every further hit of
24123 arg "newline-insert newline"
24127 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24128 Here is an example:
24129 \begin_inset Formula
24131 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24132 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24137 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
24138 in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24139 \begin_inset Formula
24141 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24149 \begin_layout Standard
24150 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24157 There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
24158 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
24159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24161 reference "eq:asquared"
24166 The other types are described in section
24167 \begin_inset space ~
24171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24173 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24180 \begin_layout Section
24181 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24182 \begin_inset Index idx
24185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24186 Math ! Formula numbering
24192 \begin_inset Index idx
24195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24196 Math ! Referencing formulas
24202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24204 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24211 \begin_layout Standard
24212 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24214 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24215 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24217 \begin_inset space ~
24225 arg "math-number-toggle"
24229 The formula number appears in LyX as
24230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24237 within parentheses.
24239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24246 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24248 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24249 the document class.
24250 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24251 separated by a dot:
24252 \begin_inset Formula
24262 arg "math-number-toggle"
24265 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24266 You can only number displayed formulas.
24269 \begin_layout Standard
24270 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24272 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24273 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24275 \begin_inset space ~
24279 \begin_inset space ~
24283 \begin_inset space ~
24291 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24294 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24295 \begin_inset Formula
24298 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24304 To number all lines use the shortcut
24307 arg "math-number-toggle"
24313 \begin_layout Standard
24314 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24317 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24318 A label is inserted with the menu
24320 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24323 when the cursor is in the formula.
24324 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24325 It is recommended to use the proposed
24326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24337 as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
24338 label type when you have many labels in your document.
24339 We inserted in the following example the label
24340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24347 in the second line:
24348 \begin_inset Formula
24350 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24351 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24356 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24357 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24367 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24369 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24371 \begin_inset space ~
24377 A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
24378 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
24379 as the formula number:
24382 \begin_layout Standard
24383 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24386 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24393 \begin_layout Standard
24394 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24395 \begin_inset space ~
24399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24401 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24406 To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
24414 \begin_layout Section
24415 User defined math macros
24416 \begin_inset Index idx
24419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24428 \begin_layout Standard
24429 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24430 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24431 Math macros are explained in section
24434 \begin_inset space ~
24446 \begin_layout Section
24450 \begin_layout Subsection
24452 \begin_inset Index idx
24455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24464 \begin_layout Standard
24465 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24466 To set a font in a formula, use the
24469 \begin_inset space ~
24479 arg "math-insert \\font"
24484 , or enter its command, listed in table
24485 \begin_inset space ~
24489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24491 reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24498 \begin_layout Standard
24499 \begin_inset Float table
24504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24505 \begin_inset Caption Standard
24507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24508 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24510 name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24514 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24524 \begin_inset Tabular
24525 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24526 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
24527 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24528 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24560 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24587 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24614 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24647 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24674 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24701 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24735 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24762 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24796 \begin_layout Standard
24797 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24805 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24821 \begin_layout Standard
24822 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24823 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24828 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24829 space when you need a space in the box.
24830 Here is an example where
24831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24842 denotes the set of numbers:
24843 \begin_inset Formula
24845 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24853 \begin_layout Standard
24854 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24860 \begin_inset space \space{}
24872 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24876 \begin_inset Newline newline
24879 So it is better not to use this feature.
24882 \begin_layout Standard
24883 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24884 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24888 \begin_inset Newline newline
24891 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24897 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24898 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24904 \begin_layout Standard
24911 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24914 \begin_layout Standard
24915 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24917 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24918 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24920 \begin_inset space ~
24928 \begin_layout Subsection
24930 \begin_inset Index idx
24933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24942 \begin_layout Standard
24943 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24945 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24949 \begin_inset space ~
24953 \begin_inset space ~
24961 \begin_inset space ~
24971 arg "math-insert \\font"
24983 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24984 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24985 Here is an example:
24986 \begin_inset Formula
24989 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
24990 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
24999 \begin_layout Subsection
25001 \begin_inset Index idx
25004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25013 \begin_layout Standard
25014 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25015 automatically chosen in most situations.
25033 For most characters,
25041 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25042 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25047 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25048 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25050 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25055 arg "math-insert \\style"
25061 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25062 For example, you can set
25063 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25066 , which is normally in
25075 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25079 The four styles are used in the following example:
25082 \begin_layout Standard
25083 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25087 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25091 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25095 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25101 \begin_layout Standard
25102 All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
25103 is set in a particular size with the menu
25105 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25107 \begin_inset space ~
25112 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25113 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25114 will be adjusted to correspond.
25115 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25126 \begin_layout Standard
25130 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25136 \begin_layout Section
25140 \begin_layout Standard
25141 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25142 the document classes and into layout modules.
25143 \begin_inset Index idx
25146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25152 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25153 other than the AMS classes.
25155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25157 reference "sub:Modules"
25161 for more on layout modules.
25164 \begin_layout Section
25166 \begin_inset Index idx
25169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25176 \begin_inset Index idx
25179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25188 \begin_layout Standard
25189 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25190 (AMS) that are in common use.
25193 \begin_layout Subsection
25194 Enabling AMS-Support
25197 \begin_layout Standard
25198 Selecting the checkbox
25201 \begin_inset space ~
25205 \begin_inset space ~
25209 \begin_inset space ~
25216 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25220 \begin_inset Index idx
25223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25224 Document ! Settings
25232 \begin_inset space ~
25237 will include the AMS-packages in the document and make the facilities available.
25238 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25239 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25242 \begin_layout Subsection
25244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25246 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25251 \begin_inset Index idx
25254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25255 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25263 \begin_layout Standard
25264 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25265 LyX allows you to choose between
25286 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25289 \begin_layout Chapter
25293 \begin_layout Section
25295 \begin_inset Index idx
25298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25305 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25307 name "sec:Cross-References"
25314 \begin_layout Standard
25315 One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
25316 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25318 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25319 The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
25320 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25323 \begin_layout Enumerate
25327 \begin_layout Enumerate
25328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25330 name "enu:Second-item"
25337 \begin_layout Enumerate
25341 \begin_layout Standard
25342 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25347 or by pressing the toolbar button
25354 A gray label box like this:
25355 \begin_inset Graphics
25356 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25361 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25362 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25397 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25402 \begin_inset space \space{}
25405 if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will
25407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25421 \begin_layout Standard
25422 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25424 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25427 or the toolbar button
25430 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25434 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25435 \begin_inset Graphics
25436 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25441 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25443 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25456 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25460 \begin_layout Standard
25463 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25466 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25471 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25472 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25474 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25486 \begin_layout Standard
25487 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25488 \begin_inset space ~
25492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25494 reference "enu:Second-item"
25501 \begin_layout Standard
25502 It is recommended to use a protected space
25506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25507 described in section
25508 \begin_inset space ~
25512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25514 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25523 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25524 line breaks between them.
25527 \begin_layout Standard
25528 There are six formats of cross-references:
25531 \begin_layout Description
25532 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25535 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25542 \begin_layout Description
25543 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25544 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25556 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25563 \begin_layout Description
25564 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25565 \begin_inset space ~
25569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25570 LatexCommand pageref
25571 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25578 \begin_layout Description
25580 \begin_inset space ~
25584 \begin_inset space ~
25587 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25589 LatexCommand vpageref
25590 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25597 \begin_layout Description
25599 \begin_inset space ~
25603 \begin_inset space ~
25607 \begin_inset space ~
25610 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25613 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25620 \begin_layout Description
25622 \begin_inset space ~
25625 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25626 \begin_inset Newline newline
25630 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25638 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25647 \begin_inset Index idx
25650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25651 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25657 \begin_inset Index idx
25660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25661 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25672 \begin_inset Newline newline
25675 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25678 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25682 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25683 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25691 is the default and preferred because
25695 supports only English documents.
25696 The format is specified by using the command
25708 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25709 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25722 ) can be done with this command
25723 \begin_inset Newline newline
25730 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25735 \begin_inset Newline newline
25738 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25740 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25742 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25749 \begin_layout Description
25751 \begin_inset space ~
25754 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25756 LatexCommand nameref
25757 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25764 \begin_layout Standard
25769 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25772 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25776 \begin_inset space \space{}
25780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25794 <reference> on page <page>
25796 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25799 \begin_layout Standard
25800 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25801 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25802 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25806 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25810 \begin_layout Standard
25811 You can only use the style
25815 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25819 is always possible.
25822 \begin_layout Standard
25823 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25824 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25826 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25827 \begin_inset space ~
25831 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25833 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25840 \begin_layout Standard
25841 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25845 \begin_inset space ~
25849 \begin_inset space ~
25854 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25855 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25858 \begin_inset space ~
25863 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25864 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25867 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25873 \begin_layout Standard
25874 You can change labels at any time.
25875 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25876 do not need to think about this.
25879 \begin_layout Standard
25880 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25881 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25884 \begin_layout Standard
25885 References are described in detail in sec.
25886 \begin_inset space ~
25890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25900 \begin_inset space ~
25908 \begin_layout Section
25909 Table of Contents and other Listings
25910 \begin_inset Index idx
25913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25920 \begin_inset Index idx
25923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25939 \begin_layout Subsection
25941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25943 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25950 \begin_layout Standard
25951 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25953 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25954 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25956 \begin_inset space ~
25960 \begin_inset space ~
25966 It is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25967 If you click on it, the
25971 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
25972 to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
25973 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25975 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25978 that is described in sec.
25979 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25985 reference "sub:The-Outliner"
25992 \begin_layout Standard
25993 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25994 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25996 \begin_inset space ~
26000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26002 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26006 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26008 \begin_inset space ~
26012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26014 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26018 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26020 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26023 \begin_layout Subsection
26024 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26025 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26027 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26034 \begin_layout Standard
26035 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26036 You can insert them via the
26038 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26040 \begin_inset space ~
26044 \begin_inset space ~
26050 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26053 \begin_layout Section
26054 URLs and Hyperlinks
26055 \begin_inset Index idx
26058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26065 \begin_inset Index idx
26068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26077 \begin_layout Subsection
26079 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26088 \begin_layout Standard
26089 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26091 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26097 \begin_layout Standard
26098 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26099 \begin_inset Flex URL
26102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26112 \begin_layout Standard
26113 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26119 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26123 \begin_layout Standard
26124 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26132 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26140 \begin_layout Subsection
26142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26144 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26151 \begin_layout Standard
26152 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26157 or with the toolbar button
26164 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26173 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26174 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26175 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26177 name "LyX's homepage"
26178 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26182 , an Email address like this:
26183 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26185 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26186 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26191 , or a link to a file.
26194 \begin_layout Standard
26195 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
26197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26208 to the link target.
26211 \begin_layout Standard
26212 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26213 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26214 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26215 the text style dialog.
26216 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26220 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26222 name "LyX's homepage"
26223 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26230 \begin_layout Standard
26231 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26235 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26237 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26238 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26242 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26244 \begin_inset Newline newline
26252 \begin_inset Newline newline
26259 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26262 \begin_layout Section
26264 \begin_inset Index idx
26267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26274 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26276 name "sec:Appendices"
26283 \begin_layout Standard
26284 Appendices are created with the menu
26286 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26288 \begin_inset space ~
26292 \begin_inset space ~
26298 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26299 as the appendix region.
26300 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26303 \begin_layout Standard
26304 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26305 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26306 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26307 and the subsection number.
26308 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26312 \begin_layout Standard
26314 \begin_inset space ~
26318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26320 reference "chap:Credits"
26325 \begin_inset space ~
26329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26331 reference "sub:Export"
26338 \begin_layout Section
26340 \begin_inset Index idx
26343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26352 name "sec:Bibliography"
26359 \begin_layout Standard
26360 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26361 You can include a bibliography database,
26365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26366 Known under the name
26367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26379 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26380 manually, using the paragraph environment
26384 , which was described in section
26385 \begin_inset space ~
26389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26391 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26396 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26397 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26401 use a bibliography database.
26404 \begin_layout Subsection
26405 The Bibliography Environment
26408 \begin_layout Standard
26413 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26415 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26424 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26426 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26435 , a short form of its title, as the key.
26438 \begin_layout Standard
26439 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26444 or the toolbar button
26447 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26451 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26452 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26453 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26454 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26458 \begin_layout Standard
26459 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26460 entry with surrounding brackets.
26465 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26466 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26478 \begin_layout Standard
26481 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26484 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26486 key "latexcompanion"
26493 \begin_layout Standard
26494 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26495 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26504 \begin_layout Subsection
26505 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26506 \begin_inset Index idx
26509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26510 Bibliography ! Databases
26516 \begin_inset Index idx
26519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26520 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26528 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26535 \begin_layout Standard
26536 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26542 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26544 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26545 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26550 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26552 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26553 your working field in a database.
26554 This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
26555 the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
26556 list for that document.
26557 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26561 \begin_layout Standard
26562 The database is a text file with the file extension
26563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26574 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26575 The format is explained in
26576 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26582 and in LaTeX books (
26583 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26585 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26590 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26591 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26592 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26593 \begin_inset Flex URL
26596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26598 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26606 \begin_layout Standard
26607 To use a database, use the menu
26609 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26614 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26627 \begin_inset space ~
26633 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26634 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26637 Add bibliography to TOC
26639 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26644 drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
26645 in the document or just the cited references.
26648 \begin_layout Standard
26649 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26661 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26662 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26663 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26665 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26671 For information on how this is done, have a look at
26672 \begin_inset Newline newline
26676 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26678 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26690 \begin_layout Standard
26691 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26694 \begin_layout Standard
26695 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26696 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the processor
26697 either in the document settings under
26701 or in LyX's preferences under
26703 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26718 The following variants are possible:
26721 \begin_layout Description
26722 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26723 other bibliography packages (like e.
26724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26728 \begin_inset space ~
26735 ), only with the package
26739 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26743 \begin_layout Description
26744 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26745 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26746 with all bibliography packages, except of
26751 \begin_layout Description
26752 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26757 , works with all bibliography packages
26760 \begin_layout Standard
26761 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26763 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26769 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26778 \begin_layout Standard
26779 When you select the option
26781 Sectioned bibliography
26785 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26788 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26789 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26791 Customizing Bibliographies
26799 Additional Features
26804 \begin_layout Standard
26805 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26806 the two methods of creating them.
26807 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26808 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26809 We used the style file
26813 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26816 \begin_layout Subsection
26817 Bibliography layout
26818 \begin_inset Index idx
26821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26822 Bibliography ! Layout
26830 \begin_layout Standard
26831 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26832 For this feature you need to enable the option
26838 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26842 \begin_inset Index idx
26845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26846 Document ! Settings
26856 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26857 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26858 in the previous section.
26861 \begin_layout Standard
26862 You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
26863 the citation reference window.
26864 Here is an example where the text
26865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26869 \begin_inset space ~
26873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26876 appears after the reference:
26879 \begin_layout Standard
26881 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26884 key "latexcompanion"
26891 \begin_layout Section
26893 \begin_inset Index idx
26896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26912 \begin_layout Standard
26913 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26915 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26917 \begin_inset space ~
26922 or the toolbar button
26929 A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26930 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26931 by LyX as the index entry.
26934 \begin_layout Standard
26935 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26937 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26939 \begin_inset space ~
26943 \begin_inset space ~
26946 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26948 \begin_inset space ~
26954 A light blue box labeled
26955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26966 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26967 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26970 \begin_layout Standard
26971 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26972 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26974 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26976 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26983 \begin_layout Subsection
26984 Grouping Index Entries
26985 \begin_inset Index idx
26988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26997 \begin_layout Standard
26998 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27000 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27001 lists under the entry
27002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27010 First we create the entry
27011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27019 \begin_inset space ~
27023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27025 reference "sub:Lists"
27030 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27031 \begin_inset space ~
27035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27037 reference "sec:Itemize"
27041 , we insert the command
27044 \begin_layout Standard
27050 \begin_layout Standard
27054 \begin_layout Standard
27060 \begin_layout Standard
27061 for the enumerated list in section
27062 \begin_inset space ~
27066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27068 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27075 \begin_layout Standard
27076 The exclamation mark
27077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27084 marks the grouping levels.
27085 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27086 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27087 If we don't have an index entry for
27088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27095 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27098 \begin_layout Subsection
27100 \begin_inset Index idx
27103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27104 Index ! Page ranges
27112 \begin_layout Standard
27113 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27115 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27117 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27121 \begin_inset space \space{}
27124 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27126 \begin_inset space ~
27130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27132 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27139 \begin_layout Standard
27142 Paragraph environments|(
27145 \begin_layout Standard
27146 and another entry at the end of section
27147 \begin_inset space ~
27151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27153 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27160 \begin_layout Standard
27163 Paragraph environments|)
27166 \begin_layout Standard
27168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27191 respectively start and end the index range.
27192 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27193 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27194 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27195 An example is the index entry
27196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27199 Document ! Settings
27200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27206 \begin_layout Subsection
27208 \begin_inset Index idx
27211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27212 Index ! Cross referencing
27220 \begin_layout Standard
27221 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27222 We referred for example in the index entry
27223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27231 \begin_inset space ~
27235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27237 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27241 ) to the index entry
27242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27249 in the same section using the entry
27252 \begin_layout Standard
27255 GIF|see{Image formats}
27258 \begin_layout Standard
27259 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27260 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27261 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27264 \begin_layout Subsection
27266 \begin_inset Index idx
27269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27270 Index ! Entry order
27278 \begin_layout Standard
27279 If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
27280 follow the rules for the index order.
27281 The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX
27285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27286 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27288 \begin_inset space ~
27292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27294 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27303 does not know how to sort accents in different languages.
27304 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27329 \begin_inset Index idx
27332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27333 Dummy entries ! maïs
27339 \begin_inset Index idx
27342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27343 Dummy entries ! maître
27349 \begin_inset Index idx
27352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27353 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27358 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order
27359 maïs, maison, maître.
27360 To achieve this, we use the command
27363 \begin_layout Standard
27366 previous entry@current entry
27369 \begin_layout Standard
27370 In our case we want to have
27371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27386 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27389 \begin_layout Standard
27395 \begin_layout Standard
27396 The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
27397 You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
27398 See the next subsection for an example.
27401 \begin_layout Standard
27402 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27408 \begin_layout Standard
27409 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27414 to generate the index (see sec.
27415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27421 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27430 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27438 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27442 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27443 index commands start with
27444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27456 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27461 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27464 \begin_layout Standard
27476 \begin_layout Standard
27488 \begin_layout Subsection
27490 \begin_inset Index idx
27493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27494 Index ! Entry layout
27502 \begin_layout Standard
27503 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27504 \begin_inset Index idx
27507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27510 This is an italic dummy entry
27515 You can also format the page number using the character
27516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27523 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27524 We can write for example
27527 \begin_layout Standard
27530 italic page number:|textit
27533 \begin_layout Standard
27534 to get the page number in italic.
27535 \begin_inset Index idx
27538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27539 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27544 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27562 \begin_inset space ~
27568 Have a look at section
27569 \begin_inset space ~
27573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27575 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27579 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27582 \begin_layout Standard
27583 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27591 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27595 to generate the index, see sec.
27596 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27602 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27611 , this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27616 requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
27617 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27620 key "latexcompanion"
27632 \begin_layout Standard
27633 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27635 Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27636 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27637 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27638 If so, put the following in the preamble
27641 \begin_layout Standard
27653 \begin_layout Standard
27657 \begin_layout Standard
27663 \begin_layout Standard
27664 in the index entry.
27665 \begin_inset Index idx
27668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27669 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27674 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27675 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27676 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27679 \begin_layout Standard
27680 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27682 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27686 \begin_inset space \space{}
27689 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27690 for all index entries.
27691 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27703 documentation for details,
27704 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27706 key "makeindex,xindy"
27713 \begin_layout Subsection
27715 \begin_inset Index idx
27718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27727 name "sub:Index-Program"
27734 \begin_layout Standard
27735 If the index entry program
27739 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27743 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27752 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27753 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27754 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27755 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27756 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27766 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27767 dialog, see section
27768 \begin_inset space ~
27772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27774 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27779 The available options are listed and explained in
27780 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27782 key "makeindex,xindy"
27787 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27791 \begin_layout Standard
27792 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27793 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27796 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27797 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27801 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27802 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27805 \begin_layout Subsection
27809 \begin_layout Standard
27810 In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
27811 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27819 next to the standard index.
27820 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages
27821 that add this feature.
27827 \begin_inset Index idx
27830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27831 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27836 package to generate multiple indexes.
27837 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27842 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27843 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27850 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27851 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27852 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27860 \begin_layout Standard
27861 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27863 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27864 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27867 and select the option
27869 Use multiple Indexes
27876 already contains the standard index
27877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27885 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27886 also appear as a heading) to the
27890 input field and press the
27895 The new index now also appears in the list.
27896 If you like, you can attribute an alternative LyX label color to the new
27900 \begin_layout Standard
27901 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27904 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27906 \begin_inset space ~
27910 \begin_inset space ~
27919 menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes.
27920 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27921 are additional features:
27924 \begin_layout Itemize
27925 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27926 on the entries' label will open a dialog where you can do that.
27929 \begin_layout Itemize
27930 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27931 Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a
27932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27940 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27942 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27945 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27946 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27947 to the non-subindexes.
27950 \begin_layout Section
27951 Nomenclature / Glossary
27952 \begin_inset Index idx
27955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27962 \begin_inset Index idx
27965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27994 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27996 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28003 \begin_layout Standard
28004 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28005 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28009 \begin_layout Standard
28010 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28015 \begin_inset Index idx
28018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28019 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28025 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28026 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28032 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28035 \begin_layout Standard
28036 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28037 and then use the menu
28039 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28045 \begin_inset space ~
28050 or the toolbar button
28053 arg "nomencl-insert"
28058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28069 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28072 \begin_layout Standard
28073 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28074 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28075 The second is the description of the symbol.
28078 \begin_layout Standard
28079 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28087 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28095 \begin_layout Subsection
28096 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28097 \begin_inset Index idx
28100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28101 Nomenclature ! Layout
28109 \begin_layout Standard
28110 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28114 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28120 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28128 \begin_inset Newline newline
28136 \begin_inset Newline newline
28142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28149 character starts/ends the formula.
28150 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28162 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28172 \begin_layout Standard
28173 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28174 \begin_inset space ~
28178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28180 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28187 \begin_layout Standard
28191 \begin_inset space ~
28196 dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
28197 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28202 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28209 in this document is:
28210 \begin_inset Newline newline
28215 dummy entry for the character
28220 \begin_inset Newline newline
28232 \begin_inset space ~
28242 font use the command
28271 \begin_layout Standard
28272 If the characters |
28273 \begin_inset space \space{}
28277 \begin_inset space \space{}
28281 \begin_inset space \space{}
28285 \begin_inset space \space{}
28289 \begin_inset space \space{}
28292 should appear in nomenclature entries they need to be escaped by adding
28293 a quote character in front of them.
28294 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28295 LatexCommand nomenclature
28296 symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\""
28297 description "The quote sign is output by writing ' \"\"\"\" '"
28304 \begin_layout Subsection
28305 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28306 \begin_inset Index idx
28309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28310 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28318 \begin_layout Standard
28319 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28320 the symbol definition.
28321 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28322 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28325 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28326 LatexCommand nomenclature
28328 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28335 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28339 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28340 LatexCommand nomenclature
28343 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28348 They will be sorted by
28349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28375 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28378 will be sorted before the
28382 since the character
28383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28390 is considered in sorting.
28393 \begin_layout Standard
28394 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28397 \begin_inset space ~
28402 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28403 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28405 For the example given, you can insert
28409 in this field for the
28410 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28417 will be located before
28418 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28424 \begin_layout Standard
28425 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28430 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28439 \begin_layout Subsection
28440 Nomenclature Options
28441 \begin_inset Index idx
28444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28445 Nomenclature ! Options
28453 \begin_layout Standard
28458 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28459 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28462 \begin_layout Description
28463 refeq Appends the phrase
28464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28479 to every nomenclature entry, where
28485 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28488 \begin_layout Description
28489 refpage Appends the phrase
28490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28505 to every nomenclature entry, where
28511 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28514 \begin_layout Description
28515 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28518 \begin_layout Standard
28519 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28520 class options list in the
28522 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28526 In this document the options
28533 \begin_layout Standard
28534 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28540 \begin_layout Standard
28541 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28542 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28547 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28550 \begin_layout Description
28560 \begin_layout Description
28563 nomrefpage Like the
28570 \begin_layout Description
28573 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28582 \begin_layout Description
28586 \begin_inset space ~
28592 \begin_inset space ~
28597 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28600 \begin_layout Standard
28602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28609 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28610 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28613 \begin_layout Standard
28621 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28624 \begin_inset Newline newline
28631 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28636 \begin_inset Newline newline
28640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28655 by their translation.
28658 \begin_layout Subsection
28659 Printing the Nomenclature
28660 \begin_inset Index idx
28663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28664 Nomenclature ! Printing
28672 \begin_layout Standard
28673 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28675 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28677 \begin_inset space ~
28681 \begin_inset space ~
28684 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28700 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28701 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28702 You can choose between these settings:
28705 \begin_layout Description
28706 Default a space of 1
28707 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28713 \begin_layout Description
28715 \begin_inset space ~
28719 \begin_inset space ~
28722 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28725 \begin_layout Description
28726 Custom custom space
28729 \begin_layout Standard
28730 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28739 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28747 For example, in order to change the name to
28751 , add the following line to the preamble:
28754 \begin_layout Standard
28762 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28765 \begin_layout Subsection
28766 Nomenclature Program
28767 \begin_inset Index idx
28770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28771 Nomenclature ! Program
28777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28779 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28786 \begin_layout Standard
28787 LyX uses the program
28791 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28792 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28797 by adding options, see section
28798 \begin_inset space ~
28802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28804 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28809 The available options are listed and explained in
28810 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28812 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28819 \begin_layout Section
28821 \begin_inset Index idx
28824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28831 \begin_inset Index idx
28834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28835 Document ! Branches
28841 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28843 name "sec:Branches"
28850 \begin_layout Standard
28851 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28852 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28853 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28854 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28857 \begin_layout Standard
28858 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28859 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28860 To create a branch, either select the menu
28862 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28863 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28866 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28868 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28875 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28876 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28877 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28878 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28879 (see below for an example).
28880 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28881 to the name of the other) and to add
28882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28890 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28894 \begin_inset space ~
28897 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28898 , without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
28901 \begin_layout Standard
28902 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28903 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28905 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28908 where you can choose a branch.
28909 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28913 \begin_layout Standard
28914 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28915 is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
28918 \begin_layout Standard
28919 \begin_inset Branch Question
28922 \begin_layout Standard
28923 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28931 \begin_layout Standard
28932 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28935 \begin_layout Standard
28936 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28944 \begin_layout Standard
28951 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28952 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28955 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28956 Consider for example a file
28957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28964 which has the above branches.
28966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28973 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28997 branch were inactive,
28998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29013 branch was active, likewise
29014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29029 branch was active, and
29030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29033 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29037 if both branches were active.
29038 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29042 \begin_layout Standard
29043 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29049 \begin_layout Standard
29050 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29051 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29053 For example you can define for the question branch
29057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29058 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29059 \begin_inset space ~
29063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29065 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29077 \begin_layout Standard
29087 \begin_layout Standard
29097 \begin_layout Standard
29098 and for the answer branch
29101 \begin_layout Standard
29111 \begin_layout Standard
29121 \begin_layout Standard
29122 \begin_inset Branch Question
29125 \begin_layout Standard
29129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29157 \begin_layout Standard
29158 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29161 \begin_layout Standard
29165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29193 \begin_layout Standard
29194 Now it is possible to use the commands
29198 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29205 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29208 to obtain conditional output.
29209 Here is an example formula where only the
29216 \begin_inset Formula
29218 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29226 \begin_layout Standard
29227 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29233 \change_inserted 5863208 1334492666
29237 \begin_layout Standard
29239 \change_inserted 5863208 1334493356
29240 Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout
29242 any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own LaTeX commands.).
29243 For this advanced usage, please study Customization manual (in particular
29245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29248 Flex insets and InsetLayout
29249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29257 \begin_layout Section
29259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29261 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29266 \begin_inset Index idx
29269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29278 \begin_layout Standard
29283 dialog allows you in the
29287 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29288 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29293 \begin_inset Index idx
29296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29297 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29305 \begin_layout Standard
29310 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29311 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29312 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29314 You can specify in the dialog tab
29318 how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29320 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29321 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29325 \begin_layout Standard
29330 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29331 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29332 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29334 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29335 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29337 \begin_inset space ~
29340 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29341 \begin_inset space ~
29344 1 will only display the sections.
29347 \begin_layout Standard
29348 The header information in the dialog tab
29352 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29353 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29354 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29358 \begin_inset space \space{}
29361 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29362 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29365 Automatic fill header
29367 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29368 title and author settings.
29371 \begin_layout Standard
29374 Load in fullscreen mode
29376 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29379 \begin_layout Standard
29380 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29381 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29387 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29388 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29397 \begin_layout Section
29398 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29401 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29408 \begin_layout Subsection
29410 \begin_inset Index idx
29413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29420 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29422 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29429 \begin_layout Standard
29430 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29431 constructs, but not all.
29432 LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
29433 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29434 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29435 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29436 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29440 \begin_layout Standard
29441 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29443 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29445 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29447 \begin_inset space ~
29452 or by the toolbar button
29465 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29473 \begin_layout Standard
29474 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29475 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29476 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29477 using the LaTeX-command
29483 , you can write the command part
29489 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29493 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29494 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29495 the following example:
29498 \begin_layout Standard
29499 \begin_inset Graphics
29500 filename clipart/ERT.png
29508 \begin_layout Standard
29512 \begin_layout Standard
29513 This is a line with a
29517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29540 \begin_layout Standard
29541 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29549 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29550 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29558 \begin_layout Subsection
29559 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29560 \begin_inset Argument 1
29563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29570 \begin_inset Index idx
29573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29582 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29589 \begin_layout Standard
29590 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29591 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29592 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29601 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29602 any time if you know the right commands.
29604 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29608 \begin_inset space \space{}
29611 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29613 Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29614 all caption labels bold.
29615 But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29617 Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29621 \begin_layout Standard
29622 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29623 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29624 First you have to find out which and therefore look into the LaTeX package
29626 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29635 \begin_layout Standard
29636 As result you find that the package
29641 \begin_inset Index idx
29644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29645 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29651 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29653 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29659 \begin_layout Standard
29664 usepackage[options]{package name}
29667 \begin_layout Standard
29668 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29669 two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
29670 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29673 \begin_layout Standard
29674 In your case the package name is
29679 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29684 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29685 So you add the command
29688 \begin_layout Standard
29693 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29696 \begin_layout Standard
29697 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29702 For more commands provided by the
29706 package, have a look at its documentation,
29707 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29721 \begin_layout Standard
29722 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
29724 For example if you use a
29728 class, you don't need the package
29732 , you can instead write
29735 \begin_layout Standard
29740 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29745 \begin_layout Standard
29746 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29747 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29748 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29755 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29758 \begin_layout Standard
29759 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29760 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29762 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29763 the previous section.
29766 \begin_layout Standard
29767 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29769 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29771 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29778 \begin_layout Standard
29779 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29785 \begin_layout Standard
29789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29799 \begin_inset Note Note
29802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29803 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29811 \begin_layout Left Header
29812 \begin_inset Argument 1
29815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29835 \begin_inset Note Note
29838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29839 defines the header line as described below
29847 \begin_layout Center Header
29848 \begin_inset Argument 1
29851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29860 \begin_layout Right Header
29861 \begin_inset Argument 1
29864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29885 \begin_layout Left Footer
29886 \begin_inset Argument 1
29889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29910 \begin_layout Center Footer
29911 \begin_inset Argument 1
29914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29925 \begin_inset Newline newline
29929 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29935 \begin_layout Right Footer
29936 \begin_inset Argument 1
29939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29961 \begin_layout Section
29962 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29965 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29970 \begin_inset Index idx
29973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29974 Document ! Header/Footer line
29980 \begin_inset Index idx
29983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29992 \begin_layout Standard
29993 To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29994 to set the headings style to
30000 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30006 \begin_inset space ~
30012 As a second step add in the menu
30014 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30015 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30022 Custom Header/Footerlines
30023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30027 This module offers the following 6
30028 \begin_inset space ~
30034 \begin_layout Description
30036 \begin_inset space ~
30040 \begin_inset space ~
30044 \begin_inset space ~
30048 \begin_inset space ~
30052 \begin_inset space ~
30058 \begin_layout Description
30060 \begin_inset space ~
30064 \begin_inset space ~
30068 \begin_inset space ~
30072 \begin_inset space ~
30076 \begin_inset space ~
30082 \begin_layout Standard
30083 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30086 \begin_layout Standard
30087 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30088 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30090 \begin_inset space ~
30094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30096 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30100 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30103 \begin_layout Standard
30104 \begin_inset Float figure
30110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30113 \begin_inset Tabular
30114 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30115 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
30116 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30117 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30118 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30120 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30138 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30149 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30167 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30178 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30182 The normal text on the page goes here.
30183 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30185 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30186 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30191 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30200 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30211 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30229 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30240 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30258 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30276 \begin_inset Caption Standard
30278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30279 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30281 name "fig:Page-layout"
30285 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30298 \begin_layout Subsection
30302 \begin_layout Standard
30303 To define your header line, add all 3
30304 \begin_inset space ~
30308 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30309 the optional arguments on even pages.
30310 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30312 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30313 Defining the footer line works similar.
30316 \begin_layout Standard
30317 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30320 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30333 \begin_inset space ~
30341 \begin_layout Description
30344 thepage prints the current page number
30347 \begin_layout Description
30350 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30353 \begin_layout Description
30356 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30359 \begin_layout Description
30362 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30363 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30370 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30373 because it usually goes in a left header.
30376 \begin_layout Description
30379 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30380 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30382 It is normally used in the right header.
30385 \begin_layout Subsection
30386 Default header/footer
30389 \begin_layout Standard
30390 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30391 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30392 footer has the page number.
30393 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30394 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30395 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30398 \begin_inset space ~
30406 \begin_layout Subsection
30410 \begin_layout Standard
30411 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30412 Some pages are different.
30413 The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
30414 a new part or chapter in your book.
30415 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30416 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30417 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30420 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30421 Header and footer decoration line
30424 \begin_layout Standard
30425 By default, you get a 0.4
30426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30429 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30430 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30442 in the following scheme:
30445 \begin_layout Standard
30452 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30455 \begin_layout Standard
30456 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30465 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30472 \begin_layout Standard
30473 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30474 If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
30475 \begin_inset space ~
30479 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30488 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30489 Several header/footer lines
30492 \begin_layout Standard
30493 In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
30494 this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30495 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30497 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30509 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30512 \begin_layout Standard
30519 headheight}{height}
30522 \begin_layout Standard
30523 Where height is a size in standard units.
30524 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30525 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30526 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30528 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30542 and look via the button
30545 \begin_inset space ~
30550 if you find a warning of the package
30555 \begin_inset Index idx
30558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30559 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30565 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30566 for your header/footer.
30569 \begin_layout Subsection
30573 \begin_layout Standard
30574 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30575 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30576 This example consists of the following definition:
30579 \begin_layout Description
30581 \begin_inset space ~
30590 , empty optional argument
30593 \begin_layout Description
30595 \begin_inset space ~
30598 Header empty, empty optional argument
30601 \begin_layout Description
30603 \begin_inset space ~
30612 in the optional argument
30615 \begin_layout Description
30617 \begin_inset space ~
30626 in the optional argument
30629 \begin_layout Description
30631 \begin_inset space ~
30643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30647 \begin_inset Newline newline
30651 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30658 in the optional argument
30661 \begin_layout Description
30663 \begin_inset space ~
30672 , empty optional argument
30675 \begin_layout Description
30678 headrulewidth set to 2
30679 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30685 \begin_layout Standard
30686 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
30687 For more special things like e.
30688 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30692 \begin_inset space ~
30695 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30700 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30709 \begin_layout Standard
30710 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30716 \begin_layout Standard
30720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30724 pagestyle{headings}
30730 \begin_inset Note Note
30733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30734 switches back to page style with the default headings
30742 \begin_layout Section
30743 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30744 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30746 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30751 \begin_inset Index idx
30754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30761 \begin_inset Index idx
30764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30773 \begin_layout Standard
30774 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30775 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30776 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30779 \begin_layout Subsection
30783 \begin_layout Standard
30784 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30789 \begin_inset Index idx
30792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30793 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30798 (on some systems named simply
30803 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30805 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30811 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30812 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30820 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
30821 automatically installed together with LyX.
30824 \begin_layout Subsection
30828 \begin_layout Standard
30829 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30830 LaTeX, activate the option
30833 \begin_inset space ~
30840 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30846 \begin_inset space ~
30850 \begin_inset space ~
30853 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30860 \begin_inset space ~
30873 \begin_inset space ~
30878 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30881 \begin_layout Standard
30882 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30886 \begin_layout Standard
30887 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30895 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30896 generated by activating the option
30899 \begin_inset space ~
30905 Reopening the documents will fix such problems.
30913 \begin_layout Subsection
30914 Selected document parts
30917 \begin_layout Standard
30918 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30919 for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30920 that are not yet supported by LyX.
30921 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30923 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30927 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
30928 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
30929 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
30932 \begin_layout Standard
30933 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
30939 which is not yet supported by LyX.
30943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30950 is explained in section
30952 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
30957 \begin_inset space ~
30967 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
30968 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
30970 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
30972 Here is the result:
30975 \begin_layout Standard
30976 \begin_inset Preview
30978 \begin_layout Standard
30983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30987 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
30993 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
31003 height_special "totalheight"
31006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31031 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31037 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31059 \begin_layout Standard
31060 Previewing works also for colors.
31061 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31079 is explained in section
31086 \begin_inset space ~
31099 \begin_layout Standard
31100 \begin_inset Preview
31102 \begin_layout Standard
31106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31125 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31130 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31149 \begin_layout Standard
31150 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31156 \begin_layout Standard
31157 If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
31158 above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
31159 that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31161 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31162 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31163 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31164 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31168 \begin_layout Subsection
31172 \begin_layout Standard
31173 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31176 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31178 \begin_inset space ~
31183 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31184 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31186 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31187 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31188 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31189 the source view window.
31192 \begin_layout Section
31193 Advanced Find and Replace
31194 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31196 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31201 \begin_inset Index idx
31204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31211 \begin_inset Index idx
31214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31223 \begin_layout Subsection
31227 \begin_layout Standard
31228 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31229 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31230 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31231 The key-features are:
31234 \begin_layout Itemize
31235 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31236 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31237 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31241 \begin_layout Itemize
31242 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31243 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31244 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31245 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31248 \begin_layout Itemize
31249 Search may be widened to a specific
31254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31258 \begin_inset space ~
31261 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31262 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31269 \begin_layout Itemize
31270 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31271 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31272 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31276 \begin_inset space ~
31279 all lowercase, all uppercase, first letter uppercase followed by lowercase)
31282 \begin_layout Subsection
31286 \begin_layout Standard
31287 The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu
31289 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31302 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31305 ) or the toolbar button
31308 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31314 Advanced Find and Replace
31319 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31323 \begin_layout Standard
31328 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31333 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31336 arg "break-paragraph"
31340 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31341 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31342 Pressing repeatedly
31345 arg "break-paragraph"
31348 keeps searching forward while pressing
31352 searches backwards.
31355 \begin_layout Standard
31360 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31370 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31373 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31374 Searching for mathematics
31377 \begin_layout Standard
31378 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing them the
31383 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31386 or also something more complex like
31387 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31391 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31392 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas.
31393 For example the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31394 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31400 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31404 \begin_layout Standard
31405 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31406 This is done by switching to the
31410 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31415 This way, entering in the
31422 \begin_layout Itemize
31423 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31424 in emphasized or boldface.
31427 \begin_layout Itemize
31428 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31429 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31432 \begin_layout Itemize
31433 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31434 of if only within section headings.
31435 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31436 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31440 \begin_layout Itemize
31441 a displayed formula will only find instances of this formula that are also
31442 displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31445 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31449 \begin_layout Standard
31450 The document segments entered in the
31454 editor can be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31462 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31466 button or alternatively
31473 arg "break-paragraph"
31480 while the cursor is in the
31490 \begin_layout Standard
31491 You can replace with full-featured formatted LyX segments.
31492 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31496 \begin_layout Itemize
31497 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31498 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31506 with its typewriter version
31507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31521 \begin_layout Itemize
31522 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31528 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31540 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31547 (you may want to enable the
31555 options and disable the
31563 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31571 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31572 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31576 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31579 , or occurrences of
31580 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31584 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31590 \begin_layout Subsection
31594 \begin_layout Standard
31595 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31600 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31602 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31604 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31613 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31619 This is done via the menu
31621 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31622 Insert Regular Expression
31624 while the cursor is in the
31629 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31630 expression matching rules
31634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31635 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31637 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31641 \begin_inset space ~
31644 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31645 to match expressions.
31650 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31651 same text in the document.
31652 It is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31653 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31656 \begin_layout Enumerate
31657 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31662 editor the fraction
31663 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31667 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31670 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31671 fractions with the given denominator.
31674 \begin_layout Enumerate
31675 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31687 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31692 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31693 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31695 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31698 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31699 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31702 \begin_layout Standard
31703 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual:
31704 Enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31705 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31708 , and referring back to them through
31709 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31713 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31717 For example, try searching for the regexp
31718 \begin_inset Newline newline
31721 [[:space:]]([[:alpha:]]+)[[:space:]]
31724 \begin_inset Newline newline
31727 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31730 \begin_layout Standard
31731 The usage of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) implemented.
31734 \begin_layout Standard
31735 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
31738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31744 Back references work both when occurring within the same regexp, and when
31745 occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of back-referenced
31746 sub-expressions is absolute.
31748 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31752 \begin_inset space ~
31756 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31759 always refers to the first occurrence of
31760 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31763 in all entered regexps.
31771 \begin_layout Section
31773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31775 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31780 \begin_inset Index idx
31783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31792 \begin_layout Standard
31793 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31796 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31803 or the toolbar button
31806 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31809 starts the spell checking from either the current cursor position or the
31810 beginning of the currently selected text.
31811 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31812 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31813 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31814 scrolled so that it is visible.
31815 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31816 n, if any could be found.
31817 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
31821 field, double-click directly invokes the replacement.
31822 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31825 \begin_layout Standard
31826 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31829 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31833 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31834 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31835 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31836 This works if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31837 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31838 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31841 \begin_layout Subsection
31845 \begin_layout Standard
31846 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31849 \begin_inset space ~
31852 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31855 you can set the following things:
31858 \begin_layout Description
31860 \begin_inset space ~
31863 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31864 Depending on your platform,
31878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31879 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31880 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31895 \begin_layout Description
31897 \begin_inset space ~
31900 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31901 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31904 \begin_layout Description
31906 \begin_inset space ~
31909 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31911 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31915 \begin_inset space \space{}
31919 This should normally not be needed.
31922 \begin_layout Description
31924 \begin_inset space ~
31928 \begin_inset space ~
31931 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31943 \begin_layout Description
31945 \begin_inset space ~
31948 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31949 Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
31950 By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
31951 appear in the context menu.
31952 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31956 \begin_layout Description
31958 \begin_inset space ~
31962 \begin_inset space ~
31966 \begin_inset space ~
31969 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31973 \begin_layout Section
31975 \begin_inset Index idx
31978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31985 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31987 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31994 \begin_layout Standard
31995 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31996 It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
32005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32006 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32008 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32017 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32018 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32019 are available for many languages.
32022 \begin_layout Standard
32023 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32027 \begin_layout Subsection
32028 Setting up the thesaurus
32031 \begin_layout Standard
32039 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32044 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32049 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32055 en_EN for English).
32056 For instance, the English files are named:
32059 \begin_layout Itemize
32063 \begin_layout Itemize
32067 \begin_layout Standard
32068 If you have LibreOffice or OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these
32069 files should be already on your system.
32070 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32071 \begin_inset Flex URL
32074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32076 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32082 \begin_inset Flex URL
32085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32087 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32097 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32098 \begin_inset space ~
32102 \begin_inset Flex URL
32105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32107 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32112 are usually packed in extension archives (
32116 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32118 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32119 unpack a zip archive.
32132 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32133 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32135 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32136 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32140 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32143 \begin_layout Subsection
32144 Using the thesaurus
32147 \begin_layout Standard
32148 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32150 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32153 or the toolbar button
32156 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32159 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32161 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32163 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32164 Note that, for some languages (such as English), the thesaurus does not
32165 only show equivalent words (synonyms), but also generic terms (such as
32174 ), related terms (such as
32177 \begin_inset space ~
32186 ), compounds (such as
32189 \begin_inset space ~
32198 ) and opposites (antonyms) (such as
32207 Generic terms, related terms and antonyms are marked as such.
32210 \begin_layout Standard
32211 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32212 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32216 \begin_layout Standard
32217 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32218 the dictionary, such as the above
32222 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32227 \begin_inset space \space{}
32230 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32231 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32232 For example looking up the word form
32233 \change_deleted 2090807402 1338765333
32244 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32250 \change_inserted 2090807402 1338765282
32251 The thesuarus is able to resolve inflected forms (so if you enter
32255 , it will resolve it to the form
32259 which is in the dictionary).
32260 However, this may not always work.
32261 So if you do not get any results for inflected forms, try the lemma form.
32264 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32269 \begin_inset space \space{}
32280 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32281 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32282 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32285 \begin_layout Section
32287 \begin_inset Index idx
32290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32297 \begin_inset Index idx
32300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32301 Document ! Change Tracking
32307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32309 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32316 \begin_layout Standard
32317 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32318 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32319 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32320 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32322 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32324 \begin_inset space ~
32327 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32329 \begin_inset space ~
32337 \begin_layout Standard
32338 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32352 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32353 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32356 \begin_inset space ~
32360 \begin_inset space ~
32370 \begin_inset Index idx
32373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32374 Color ! Change tracking
32379 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32380 the cursor is in changed text.
32381 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32384 arg "changes-merge"
32390 \begin_layout Standard
32391 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32392 \begin_inset Index idx
32395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32404 \begin_layout Standard
32405 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32411 \begin_layout Standard
32412 \begin_inset Graphics
32413 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32421 \begin_layout Standard
32422 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32428 \begin_layout Standard
32429 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32433 \begin_layout Standard
32434 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32440 \begin_layout Standard
32441 \begin_inset Tabular
32442 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32443 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32444 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32445 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32446 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32455 arg "changes-track"
32463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32469 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32471 \begin_inset space ~
32474 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32476 \begin_inset space ~
32485 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32494 arg "changes-output"
32502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32508 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32510 \begin_inset space ~
32513 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32515 \begin_inset space ~
32519 \begin_inset space ~
32523 \begin_inset space ~
32532 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32553 Jumps to the next change
32559 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32568 arg "change-accept"
32576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32582 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32584 \begin_inset space ~
32587 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32589 \begin_inset space ~
32598 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32607 arg "change-reject"
32615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32621 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32623 \begin_inset space ~
32626 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32628 \begin_inset space ~
32637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32646 arg "changes-merge"
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32660 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32662 \begin_inset space ~
32665 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32667 \begin_inset space ~
32676 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32685 arg "all-changes-accept"
32693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32699 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32701 \begin_inset space ~
32704 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32706 \begin_inset space ~
32710 \begin_inset space ~
32719 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32728 arg "all-changes-reject"
32736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32742 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32744 \begin_inset space ~
32747 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32749 \begin_inset space ~
32753 \begin_inset space ~
32762 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32785 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32786 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32788 \begin_inset space ~
32797 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32820 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32822 \begin_inset space ~
32838 \begin_layout Standard
32839 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32845 \begin_layout Standard
32846 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32847 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32848 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32849 the next change after the current cursor position.
32850 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32851 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32852 step to the next change.
32853 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32856 \begin_layout Standard
32857 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32858 to describe a change.
32861 \begin_layout Standard
32862 To show the made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32867 \begin_inset Index idx
32870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32871 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32877 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32878 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32884 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32887 \begin_layout Section
32888 Comparison of Documents
32889 \begin_inset Index idx
32892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32893 Comparison of documents
32901 \begin_layout Standard
32902 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32904 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32908 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32910 In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
32911 take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
32915 \begin_inset space ~
32919 \begin_inset space ~
32923 \begin_inset space ~
32932 \begin_inset space ~
32936 \begin_inset space ~
32940 \begin_inset space ~
32944 \begin_inset space ~
32948 \begin_inset space ~
32952 \begin_inset space ~
32957 enables the change tracking option
32960 \begin_inset space ~
32964 \begin_inset space ~
32968 \begin_inset space ~
32973 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32976 \begin_layout Section
32977 International Support
32978 \begin_inset Index idx
32981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32982 International support
32990 \begin_layout Standard
32991 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32992 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32993 how to set up LyX to use them:
32994 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32996 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
33003 \begin_layout Standard
33004 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
33005 \begin_inset space ~
33009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33011 reference "sub:Special-Character"
33018 \begin_layout Subsection
33020 \begin_inset Index idx
33023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33030 \begin_inset Index idx
33033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33034 Document ! Settings
33040 \begin_inset Index idx
33043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33044 Document ! Language
33052 \begin_layout Standard
33055 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33058 dialog lets you set
33060 the language and character encoding for your language.
33064 \begin_layout Standard
33065 Choose your language in the
33069 section of this dialog.
33077 \begin_layout Standard
33082 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33087 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33088 For details about the different encoding options see section
33089 \begin_inset space ~
33093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33095 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33102 \begin_layout Subsection
33103 Keyboard mapping configuration
33104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33106 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33113 \begin_layout Standard
33114 If you have for example a U.
33115 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33118 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33119 can use an alternate keymap.
33120 For example, if you have a U.
33121 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33124 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33125 use an Italian keymap.
33126 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33128 \begin_inset space ~
33132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33134 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33139 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33140 which one you want to use.
33143 \begin_layout Standard
33144 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33145 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33146 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33147 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33148 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33149 one to support the characters you want.
33150 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33157 \begin_layout Subsection
33161 \begin_layout Standard
33163 \begin_inset space ~
33167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33169 reference "tab:The-latin1-character"
33178 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33182 \begin_layout Standard
33183 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33184 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33192 \begin_layout Itemize
33193 Even if you have selected
33199 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33202 dialog, users who have only the
33206 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33210 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33211 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33212 french quotes will not show up.
33215 \begin_layout Standard
33216 \begin_inset Float table
33221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33222 \begin_inset Caption Standard
33224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33225 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33227 name "tab:The-latin1-character"
33243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33245 \begin_inset Tabular
33246 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33247 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
33248 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33249 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33250 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33251 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33252 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33253 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33254 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33255 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33256 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33257 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33258 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33259 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33260 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33261 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33262 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33263 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33264 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37677 \begin_layout Standard
37678 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37680 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37681 also the characters from
37693 \begin_layout Itemize
37702 \begin_layout Standard
37703 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37704 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37710 \begin_layout Standard
37711 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37712 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37718 \begin_layout Standard
37719 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37720 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37726 \begin_layout Standard
37727 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37728 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37734 \begin_layout Standard
37736 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37742 \begin_layout Standard
37744 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37750 \begin_layout Standard
37752 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37759 \begin_layout Itemize
37772 \begin_layout Standard
37774 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37780 \begin_layout Standard
37782 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37788 \begin_layout Standard
37790 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37796 \begin_layout Standard
37798 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37804 \begin_layout Standard
37806 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37812 \begin_layout Standard
37814 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37821 \begin_layout Standard
37822 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37823 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37824 Also make sure you're using the
37831 \begin_layout Chapter
37834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37836 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37843 \begin_layout Standard
37844 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37845 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37846 topic inside the user's guide.
37849 \begin_layout Section
37851 \begin_inset Index idx
37854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37863 \begin_layout Standard
37868 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37871 \begin_layout Subsection
37875 \begin_layout Standard
37876 Creates a new document.
37879 \begin_layout Subsection
37883 \begin_layout Standard
37884 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37885 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37886 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37889 \begin_layout Subsection
37893 \begin_layout Standard
37897 \begin_layout Subsection
37901 \begin_layout Standard
37902 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37903 Click there on a file to open it.
37906 \begin_layout Subsection
37910 \begin_layout Standard
37911 Closes the current document.
37914 \begin_layout Subsection
37918 \begin_layout Standard
37919 Closes all opened documents.
37922 \begin_layout Subsection
37926 \begin_layout Standard
37927 Saves the actual document.
37930 \begin_layout Subsection
37934 \begin_layout Standard
37935 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37938 \begin_layout Subsection
37942 \begin_layout Standard
37943 Saves all opened documents.
37946 \begin_layout Subsection
37950 \begin_layout Standard
37951 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37954 \begin_layout Subsection
37958 \begin_layout Standard
37959 This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
37960 one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
37961 It is described in the section
37963 Version Control in LyX
37967 Additional Features
37972 \begin_layout Subsection
37976 \begin_layout Standard
37977 Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37978 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37980 The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
37983 \begin_layout Standard
37984 When using the menu entry
37987 \begin_inset space ~
37992 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37996 \begin_inset space ~
38000 \begin_inset space ~
38005 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
38006 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
38009 \begin_layout Subsection
38011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38020 \begin_layout Standard
38021 You can export your document to various file formats.
38022 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
38023 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
38024 They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
38027 \begin_layout Standard
38028 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
38030 \begin_inset space ~
38034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38036 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
38043 \begin_layout Description
38049 \begin_inset space ~
38056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38063 yX format of the special LyX
38064 \begin_inset space ~
38067 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
38068 \begin_inset Newline newline
38071 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated into LyX.
38074 \begin_layout Description
38075 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
38081 \begin_layout Description
38083 \begin_inset space ~
38086 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38092 \begin_layout Description
38093 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38094 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38095 files paths or file names in your document.
38096 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38103 \begin_layout Description
38104 DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
38105 in files paths or file names
38108 \begin_layout Description
38110 \begin_inset space ~
38117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38124 eX) DVI-format using the program
38128 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38131 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38139 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38147 \begin_layout Description
38149 \begin_inset space ~
38152 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38156 which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38161 \begin_layout Description
38162 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38166 \begin_layout Description
38168 \begin_inset space ~
38172 \begin_inset space ~
38175 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38179 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38187 \begin_layout Description
38194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38202 \begin_inset space ~
38213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38226 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38231 \begin_layout Description
38238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38246 \begin_inset space ~
38251 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38252 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38256 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38259 \begin_layout Description
38266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38274 \begin_inset space ~
38279 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38280 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38288 \begin_layout Description
38295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38303 \begin_inset space ~
38314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38327 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38332 \begin_layout Description
38334 \begin_inset space ~
38338 \begin_inset space ~
38347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38356 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38357 music notation software
38362 \begin_layout Description
38369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38379 \begin_inset space ~
38383 \begin_inset space ~
38386 (zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
38387 your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
38388 to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
38391 \begin_layout Description
38398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38408 \begin_inset space ~
38411 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38427 represent the version number)
38430 \begin_layout Description
38437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38446 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38449 \begin_layout Description
38450 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38455 \begin_layout Description
38456 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38458 LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
38461 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38465 \begin_layout Description
38469 \begin_inset space ~
38474 PDF-format using the program
38478 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38481 \begin_layout Description
38485 \begin_inset space ~
38492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38501 PDF-format using the program
38505 , produces PDF-files directly
38508 \begin_layout Description
38512 \begin_inset space ~
38517 PDF-format using the program
38521 , produces PDF-files directly
38524 \begin_layout Description
38528 \begin_inset space ~
38533 PDF-format using the program
38537 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38540 \begin_layout Description
38544 \begin_inset space ~
38551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38560 PDF-format using the program
38564 , produces PDF-files directly
38567 \begin_layout Description
38571 \begin_inset space ~
38579 \begin_layout Description
38583 \begin_inset space ~
38587 \begin_inset space ~
38592 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38593 and then exported as text using the program
38598 \begin_layout Description
38603 PostScript format using the program
38608 \begin_layout Description
38609 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38610 programming language
38623 it is possible to use
38630 \begin_layout Standard
38631 If one of the menu entries
38638 \begin_inset space ~
38647 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38648 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38649 \begin_inset space ~
38653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38655 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38660 \begin_inset Index idx
38663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38664 Reconfiguration of LyX
38672 \begin_layout Subsection
38676 \begin_layout Standard
38677 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38678 format or send it to a printer.
38679 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38680 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38686 For more information have a look at section
38687 \begin_inset space ~
38691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38693 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38700 \begin_layout Subsection
38704 \begin_layout Standard
38705 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38706 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38707 prefix, see section
38708 \begin_inset space ~
38712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38714 reference "sec:Paths"
38719 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38728 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38729 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38730 \begin_inset space ~
38734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38736 reference "sub:Converters"
38743 \begin_layout Subsection
38744 New and Close Window
38747 \begin_layout Standard
38748 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38751 \begin_layout Subsection
38755 \begin_layout Standard
38756 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38759 \begin_layout Section
38761 \begin_inset Index idx
38764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38773 \begin_layout Subsection
38777 \begin_layout Standard
38778 Described in section
38779 \begin_inset space ~
38783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38785 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38792 \begin_layout Subsection
38793 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38796 \begin_layout Standard
38797 Described in section
38798 \begin_inset space ~
38802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38804 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38811 \begin_layout Subsection
38815 \begin_layout Standard
38816 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38817 If the cursor is outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38820 \begin_layout Subsection
38824 \begin_layout Standard
38825 Selects the whole document.
38828 \begin_layout Subsection
38829 Find & Replace (Quick)
38832 \begin_layout Standard
38833 Described in section
38834 \begin_inset space ~
38838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38840 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38847 \begin_layout Subsection
38848 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38851 \begin_layout Standard
38852 Described in section
38853 \begin_inset space ~
38857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38859 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38866 \begin_layout Subsection
38867 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38870 \begin_layout Standard
38871 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38875 \begin_layout Subsection
38879 \begin_layout Standard
38880 Described in section
38881 \begin_inset space ~
38885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38887 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38894 \begin_layout Subsection
38896 \begin_inset Index idx
38899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38900 Paragraph ! Settings
38908 \begin_layout Standard
38909 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38910 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
38914 \begin_layout Standard
38915 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38916 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38918 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38924 \begin_inset space ~
38932 \begin_layout Subsection
38933 Table Settings and Math
38936 \begin_layout Standard
38937 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38939 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38940 The properties of tables are described in section
38941 \begin_inset space ~
38945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38947 reference "sec:Tables"
38951 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38952 \begin_inset space ~
38956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38958 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
38965 \begin_layout Subsection
38966 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38969 \begin_layout Standard
38970 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38972 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38973 \begin_inset space ~
38977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38979 reference "sec:Nesting"
38984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38986 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38993 \begin_layout Section
38995 \begin_inset Index idx
38998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39007 \begin_layout Standard
39008 At the bottom of the
39012 menu the opened documents are listed.
39015 \begin_layout Subsection
39016 Open/Close all Insets
39019 \begin_layout Standard
39020 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
39023 \begin_layout Subsection
39024 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
39027 \begin_layout Standard
39028 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
39031 \begin_layout Standard
39032 Math macros are described in the
39039 \begin_layout Subsection
39043 \begin_layout Standard
39044 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
39046 \begin_inset space ~
39050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39052 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39059 \begin_layout Subsection
39063 \begin_layout Standard
39064 Opens a window showing console messages.
39065 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
39066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39069 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
39070 while LaTeX is processing the document.
39073 \begin_layout Subsection
39077 \begin_layout Standard
39078 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
39079 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
39080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39086 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39090 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39091 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39097 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39101 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39102 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39103 \begin_inset space ~
39107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39109 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39114 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39115 The default output format is
39118 \begin_inset space ~
39126 \begin_layout Subsection
39127 View (Other Formats)
39130 \begin_layout Standard
39131 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39132 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39133 actual document with an external program.
39134 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39135 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39136 All possible formats are listed in section
39137 \begin_inset space ~
39141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39143 reference "sub:Export"
39148 You should at least see the menu entry
39153 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39154 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39155 \begin_inset space ~
39159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39161 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39166 \begin_inset Index idx
39169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39170 Reconfiguration of LyX
39178 \begin_layout Standard
39179 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39180 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39181 \begin_inset space ~
39185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39187 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39192 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39195 \begin_layout Subsection
39199 \begin_layout Standard
39200 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39201 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39204 \begin_layout Subsection
39205 Update (Other Formats)
39208 \begin_layout Standard
39209 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39210 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39213 \begin_layout Subsection
39214 View Master Document
39217 \begin_layout Standard
39218 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39234 \begin_inset space ~
39239 manual for more information on this topic).
39240 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39241 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39246 generates the output of the whole book, while
39250 will just output the chapter alone.
39253 \begin_layout Standard
39254 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39255 in the preferences (see sec.
39256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39262 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39266 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39273 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39280 \begin_layout Subsection
39281 Update Master Document
39284 \begin_layout Standard
39285 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39301 \begin_inset space ~
39306 manual for more information on this topic).
39307 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39308 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39311 \begin_layout Standard
39312 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39313 in the preferences (see sec.
39314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39320 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39324 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39331 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39338 \begin_layout Subsection
39342 \begin_layout Standard
39343 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39344 This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
39345 to view the same document, but at different positions.
39346 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39347 or more documents at the same time.
39348 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39355 \begin_layout Subsection
39359 \begin_layout Standard
39360 Closes a split view.
39363 \begin_layout Subsection
39367 \begin_layout Standard
39368 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39369 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39370 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39371 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39372 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39375 \begin_layout Subsection
39377 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39379 name "sub:Toolbars"
39384 \begin_inset Index idx
39387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39396 \begin_layout Standard
39397 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39398 All toolbars and the
39401 \begin_inset space ~
39406 can be turned on and off.
39411 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39423 \begin_inset space ~
39431 \begin_inset space ~
39440 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39444 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39451 \begin_layout Standard
39456 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39460 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39461 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39462 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39463 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39464 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39467 \begin_layout Standard
39468 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39469 \begin_inset space ~
39473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39475 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39482 \begin_layout Section
39484 \begin_inset Index idx
39487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39496 \begin_layout Subsection
39500 \begin_layout Standard
39501 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39502 \begin_inset space ~
39506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39508 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
39519 \begin_layout Subsection
39521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39523 name "sub:Special-Character"
39530 \begin_layout Standard
39531 Here you can insert the following characters:
39534 \begin_layout Description
39535 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39536 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39537 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39538 \begin_inset Newline newline
39542 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39550 Not all characters will be visible in the
39554 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39562 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39566 ) can display every character.
39574 \begin_layout Description
39575 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39579 \begin_layout Description
39581 \begin_inset space ~
39585 \begin_inset space ~
39588 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39589 \begin_inset space ~
39593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39595 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39602 \begin_layout Description
39604 \begin_inset space ~
39607 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39610 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39620 \begin_layout Description
39622 \begin_inset space ~
39626 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809482
39628 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809484
39632 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809487
39634 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39638 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809513
39639 in the quotation marks style selected in the
39641 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39653 \begin_layout Description
39655 \begin_inset space ~
39658 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39662 \begin_layout Description
39664 \begin_inset space ~
39667 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39671 \begin_layout Description
39673 \begin_inset space ~
39676 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39680 \begin_layout Description
39682 \begin_inset space ~
39686 \begin_inset Index idx
39689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39696 \begin_inset Index idx
39699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39700 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39706 \change_deleted -712698321 1345808954
39707 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset
39708 \change_inserted -712698321 1345808969
39709 Inserts a box where
39710 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809001
39715 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809047
39716 commands to create IPA phonetic
39719 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809189
39720 from the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and opens a toolbar which
39721 provides a large set of these symbols
39725 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809068
39727 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809068
39731 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809224
39732 with traditional LaTeX
39734 you must have the LaTeX-package
39739 \begin_inset Index idx
39742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39743 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39749 \begin_inset Newline newline
39753 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809282
39755 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809283
39758 ore information about this feature
39759 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809286
39760 we refer you to the documentation of
39763 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39771 and this Wiki-page:
39772 \begin_inset Newline newline
39776 \begin_inset Flex URL
39779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39781 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39787 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809397
39788 can be found in the Linguistics manual (
39790 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39791 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39799 \begin_layout Subsection
39803 \begin_layout Standard
39804 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39807 \begin_layout Description
39808 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39809 \begin_inset script superscript
39811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39820 \begin_layout Description
39821 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39822 \begin_inset script subscript
39824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39833 \begin_layout Description
39835 \begin_inset space ~
39838 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39839 \begin_inset space ~
39843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39845 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39852 \begin_layout Description
39854 \begin_inset space ~
39857 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39858 \begin_inset space ~
39862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39864 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39871 \begin_layout Description
39873 \begin_inset space ~
39876 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39877 \begin_inset space ~
39881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39883 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39890 \begin_layout Description
39892 \begin_inset space ~
39895 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39896 \begin_inset space ~
39900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39902 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39909 \begin_layout Description
39911 \begin_inset space ~
39914 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39915 \begin_inset space ~
39919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39921 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39928 \begin_layout Description
39930 \begin_inset space ~
39933 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39934 \begin_inset space ~
39938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39940 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39947 \begin_layout Description
39948 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39949 \begin_inset space ~
39953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39955 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39962 \begin_layout Description
39964 \begin_inset space ~
39967 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39968 \begin_inset space ~
39972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39974 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39981 \begin_layout Description
39983 \begin_inset space ~
39986 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39987 \begin_inset space ~
39991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39993 reference "sub:Ligatures"
40000 \begin_layout Description
40002 \begin_inset space ~
40006 \begin_inset space ~
40009 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
40010 \begin_inset space ~
40014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40016 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
40023 \begin_layout Description
40025 \begin_inset space ~
40028 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
40029 text line to the page border, see section
40030 \begin_inset space ~
40034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40036 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
40043 \begin_layout Description
40045 \begin_inset space ~
40048 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
40049 \begin_inset space ~
40053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40055 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
40062 \begin_layout Description
40064 \begin_inset space ~
40067 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
40068 text page to the page border, described in section
40069 \begin_inset space ~
40073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40075 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
40082 \begin_layout Description
40084 \begin_inset space ~
40087 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
40088 \begin_inset space ~
40092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40094 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40101 \begin_layout Description
40103 \begin_inset space ~
40107 \begin_inset space ~
40110 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
40111 \begin_inset space ~
40115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40117 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40124 \begin_layout Subsection
40128 \begin_layout Standard
40129 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
40130 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
40132 \begin_inset space ~
40136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40138 reference "sec:toc"
40143 The index list is described in section
40144 \begin_inset space ~
40148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40150 reference "sec:Index"
40154 , the nomenclature in section
40155 \begin_inset space ~
40159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40161 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40165 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40166 \begin_inset space ~
40170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40172 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40179 \begin_layout Subsection
40183 \begin_layout Standard
40184 To insert floats, described in section
40185 \begin_inset space ~
40189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40191 reference "sec:Floats"
40198 \begin_layout Subsection
40202 \begin_layout Standard
40203 To insert notes, described in section
40204 \begin_inset space ~
40208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40210 reference "sec:Notes"
40217 \begin_layout Subsection
40221 \begin_layout Standard
40222 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40223 \begin_inset space ~
40227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40229 reference "sec:Branches"
40236 \begin_layout Subsection
40240 \begin_layout Standard
40241 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40242 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40244 An example is the document class
40245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40252 with three custom insets.
40255 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40261 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40264 \begin_layout Subsection
40266 \begin_inset Index idx
40269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40278 \begin_layout Standard
40279 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
40281 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40288 \begin_inset space ~
40296 \begin_layout Subsection
40298 \begin_inset Index idx
40301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40310 \begin_layout Standard
40311 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40312 \begin_inset space ~
40316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40318 reference "sec:Minipages"
40323 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40330 \begin_inset space ~
40338 \begin_layout Subsection
40342 \begin_layout Standard
40343 Inserts a citation as described in section
40344 \begin_inset space ~
40348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40350 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40357 \begin_layout Subsection
40361 \begin_layout Standard
40362 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40363 \begin_inset space ~
40367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40369 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40376 \begin_layout Subsection
40380 \begin_layout Standard
40381 Inserts a label as described in section
40382 \begin_inset space ~
40386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40388 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40395 \begin_layout Subsection
40397 \begin_inset Index idx
40400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40407 \begin_inset Index idx
40410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40411 Longtables ! Caption
40419 \begin_layout Standard
40420 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40421 Floats are described in section
40422 \begin_inset space ~
40426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40428 reference "sec:Floats"
40432 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40439 \begin_inset space ~
40447 \begin_layout Subsection
40451 \begin_layout Standard
40452 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40453 \begin_inset space ~
40457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40459 reference "sec:Index"
40466 \begin_layout Subsection
40470 \begin_layout Standard
40471 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40472 \begin_inset space ~
40476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40478 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40485 \begin_layout Subsection
40489 \begin_layout Standard
40491 Tables are described in section
40492 \begin_inset space ~
40496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40498 reference "sec:Tables"
40505 \begin_layout Subsection
40509 \begin_layout Standard
40511 Graphics are described in section
40512 \begin_inset space ~
40516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40518 reference "sec:Graphics"
40525 \begin_layout Subsection
40529 \begin_layout Standard
40530 Inserts a URL as described in section
40531 \begin_inset space ~
40535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40537 reference "sub:URLs"
40544 \begin_layout Subsection
40548 \begin_layout Standard
40549 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40550 \begin_inset space ~
40554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40556 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40563 \begin_layout Subsection
40567 \begin_layout Standard
40568 Inserts a footnote, see section
40569 \begin_inset space ~
40573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40575 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40582 \begin_layout Subsection
40586 \begin_layout Standard
40587 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40588 \begin_inset space ~
40592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40594 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40601 \begin_layout Subsection
40605 \begin_layout Standard
40606 Inserts a short title, see section
40607 \begin_inset space ~
40611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40613 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40620 \begin_layout Subsection
40624 \begin_layout Standard
40625 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40626 \begin_inset space ~
40630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40632 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40639 \begin_layout Subsection
40641 \begin_inset Index idx
40644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40653 \begin_layout Standard
40654 Inserts a program listings box.
40655 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40657 Program Code Listings
40662 \begin_inset space ~
40670 \begin_layout Subsection
40674 \begin_layout Standard
40675 Inserts the actual date.
40676 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40678 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40686 \begin_inset space ~
40694 \begin_layout Subsection
40698 \begin_layout Standard
40699 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40700 \begin_inset space ~
40704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40706 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40713 \begin_layout Section
40715 \begin_inset Index idx
40718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40727 \begin_layout Standard
40728 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40729 \begin_inset space ~
40732 of the current document.
40733 This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
40736 \begin_layout Subsection
40740 \begin_layout Standard
40741 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40742 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40748 \begin_inset space \space{}
40752 \begin_inset space ~
40756 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40757 \begin_inset space ~
40760 2.5 and use the submenu
40763 \begin_inset space ~
40767 \begin_inset space ~
40774 \begin_inset space ~
40780 \begin_inset space ~
40784 \begin_inset space ~
40790 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40794 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40800 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40806 \begin_layout Standard
40807 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40808 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40811 \begin_layout Subsection
40812 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40815 \begin_layout Standard
40816 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40820 \begin_layout Subsection
40824 \begin_layout Standard
40825 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40826 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40827 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40831 \begin_inset space ~
40835 \begin_inset space ~
40843 \begin_layout Subsection
40847 \begin_layout Standard
40848 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40849 in the output, see section
40852 \begin_inset space ~
40860 \begin_inset space ~
40865 manual for a detailed description.
40868 \begin_layout Section
40870 \begin_inset Index idx
40873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40882 \begin_layout Subsection
40886 \begin_layout Standard
40887 Change Tracking is described in section
40888 \begin_inset space ~
40892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40894 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40901 \begin_layout Subsection
40906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40916 \begin_layout Standard
40917 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40919 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40922 \begin_layout Standard
40923 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40928 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40931 \begin_layout Subsection
40935 \begin_layout Standard
40936 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40937 \begin_inset space ~
40941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40943 reference "sec:Navigating"
40948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40950 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40957 \begin_layout Subsection
40958 Start Appendix Here
40961 \begin_layout Standard
40962 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40963 position as described in section
40964 \begin_inset space ~
40968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40970 reference "sec:Appendices"
40977 \begin_layout Subsection
40981 \begin_layout Standard
40982 Un/compresses the current document.
40985 \begin_layout Subsection
40989 \begin_layout Standard
40990 The document settings are described in appendix
40991 \begin_inset space ~
40995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40997 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
41004 \begin_layout Section
41006 \begin_inset Index idx
41009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41018 \begin_layout Subsection
41022 \begin_layout Standard
41023 Spell checking is explained in section
41024 \begin_inset space ~
41028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41030 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41037 \begin_layout Subsection
41041 \begin_layout Standard
41042 The thesaurus is described in section
41043 \begin_inset space ~
41047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41049 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
41056 \begin_layout Subsection
41058 \begin_inset Index idx
41061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41068 \begin_inset Index idx
41071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41080 \begin_layout Standard
41081 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
41085 \begin_layout Subsection
41087 \begin_inset Index idx
41090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41099 \begin_layout Standard
41100 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
41104 \begin_layout Subsection
41106 \begin_inset Index idx
41109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41110 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
41114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41121 Reconfiguration of LyX
41125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41138 \begin_inset Index idx
41141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41142 Reconfiguration of LyX
41150 \begin_layout Standard
41151 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
41152 and programs it needs; see also section
41153 \begin_inset space ~
41157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41159 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41166 \begin_layout Subsection
41170 \begin_layout Standard
41171 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41172 \begin_inset space ~
41176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41178 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41185 \begin_layout Section
41187 \begin_inset Index idx
41190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41199 \begin_layout Standard
41200 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41202 If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
41206 \begin_layout Standard
41210 \begin_inset space ~
41215 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41216 found by LyX (see also section
41217 \begin_inset space ~
41221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41223 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41230 \begin_layout Section
41232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41234 name "sec:Toolbars"
41241 \begin_layout Standard
41242 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41243 \begin_inset space ~
41247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41249 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41256 \begin_layout Standard
41257 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41258 This is described in the
41260 Additional Features
41265 \begin_layout Subsection
41267 \begin_inset Index idx
41270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41279 \begin_layout Standard
41280 \begin_inset Graphics
41281 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41289 \begin_layout Standard
41290 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41296 \begin_layout Standard
41297 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41314 \begin_inset Note Note
41317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41318 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41323 manual for more information.
41331 \begin_layout Standard
41332 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41338 \begin_layout Standard
41339 \begin_inset Tabular
41340 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41341 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41342 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41343 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41349 \begin_inset Graphics
41350 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41364 pull-down box for the environments
41377 \begin_layout Standard
41378 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41384 \begin_layout Standard
41386 \begin_inset Tabular
41387 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41388 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41389 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41390 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41391 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41414 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41421 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41444 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41451 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41474 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41481 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41490 arg "dialog-show print"
41498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41504 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41520 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41534 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41541 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41564 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41571 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41594 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41601 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41624 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41631 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41654 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41661 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41684 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41691 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41700 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41714 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41720 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41729 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41738 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41752 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41753 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41760 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41781 Emphasize text, function of the
41783 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41785 \begin_inset space ~
41796 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41817 Set text to noun style, function of the
41819 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41821 \begin_inset space ~
41832 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41841 arg "textstyle-apply"
41849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41853 Formats text using the current settings in the
41855 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41857 \begin_inset space ~
41868 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41892 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41894 \begin_inset space ~
41903 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41912 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41926 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41933 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41940 arg "tabular-insert"
41948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41954 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41961 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41970 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41982 Toggle outline window on/off,
41984 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41991 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42000 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
42008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42012 Toggle math toolbar on/off
42018 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42027 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
42035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42039 Toggle table toolbar on/off
42052 \begin_layout Subsection
42054 \begin_inset Index idx
42057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42066 \begin_layout Standard
42067 \begin_inset Graphics
42068 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
42076 \begin_layout Standard
42077 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42083 \begin_layout Standard
42084 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
42088 \begin_layout Standard
42089 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42095 \begin_layout Standard
42096 \begin_inset Tabular
42097 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
42098 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42099 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42100 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42101 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42128 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42137 arg "layout Enumerate"
42145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42155 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42164 arg "layout Itemize"
42172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42182 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42209 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42218 arg "layout Description"
42226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42236 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42245 arg "depth-increment"
42253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42261 \begin_inset space ~
42265 \begin_inset space ~
42274 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42283 arg "depth-decrement"
42291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42297 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42299 \begin_inset space ~
42303 \begin_inset space ~
42312 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42321 arg "float-insert figure"
42329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42335 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42336 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42343 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42352 arg "float-insert table"
42360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42366 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42367 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42374 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42397 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42404 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42413 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42434 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42443 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42457 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42464 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42487 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42489 \begin_inset space ~
42498 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42507 arg "nomencl-insert"
42515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42521 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42523 \begin_inset space ~
42532 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42541 arg "footnote-insert"
42549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42555 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42562 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42571 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42585 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42587 \begin_inset space ~
42596 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42619 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42620 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42622 \begin_inset space ~
42631 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42640 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42654 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42661 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42684 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42691 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42731 \begin_inset space ~
42740 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42749 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42763 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42764 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42771 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42780 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42794 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42795 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42797 \begin_inset space ~
42806 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42815 arg "dialog-show character"
42823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42829 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42831 \begin_inset space ~
42840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42849 arg "layout-paragraph"
42857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42863 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42865 \begin_inset space ~
42874 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42883 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42897 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42911 \begin_layout Subsection
42912 View / Update Toolbar
42913 \begin_inset Index idx
42916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42917 Toolbar ! View / Update
42925 \begin_layout Standard
42926 \begin_inset Graphics
42927 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42934 \begin_layout Standard
42935 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42941 \begin_layout Standard
42942 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42946 \begin_layout Standard
42947 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42953 \begin_layout Standard
42954 \begin_inset Tabular
42955 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42956 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42957 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42958 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42959 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42982 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42989 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42998 arg "buffer-update"
43006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43012 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43019 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43028 arg "master-buffer-view"
43036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43042 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43049 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43058 arg "master-buffer-update"
43066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43072 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43074 \begin_inset space ~
43083 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43092 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
43100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43106 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43107 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43108 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43109 Synchronize with Output
43115 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43120 \begin_inset Graphics
43121 filename ../images/view-others.png
43123 groupId toolbarbuttons
43134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43140 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43141 View (Other Formats)
43147 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43152 \begin_inset Graphics
43153 filename ../images/update-others.png
43155 groupId toolbarbuttons
43164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43170 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43171 Update (Other Formats)
43184 \begin_layout Standard
43185 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43189 \begin_layout Subsection
43193 \begin_layout Standard
43194 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43195 \begin_inset space ~
43199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43201 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43205 , the table toolbar
43206 \begin_inset Index idx
43209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43218 \begin_inset space ~
43223 manual, the math macro toolbar
43224 \begin_inset Index idx
43227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43240 \begin_layout Chapter
43241 The Document Settings
43242 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43244 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43249 \begin_inset Index idx
43252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43253 Document ! Settings
43261 \begin_layout Standard
43262 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43263 whole document and is called with the menu
43265 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43269 You can save your document settings as default with the
43271 Save as Document Defaults
43273 button in the dialog.
43274 This will create a template named
43278 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43282 \begin_layout Standard
43287 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43288 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43291 \begin_layout Standard
43292 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
43295 \begin_layout Section
43299 \begin_layout Standard
43300 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43302 Document classes are described in section
43303 \begin_inset space ~
43307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43309 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43317 \begin_layout Standard
43321 \begin_inset space ~
43326 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43330 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43331 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43333 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43342 \begin_layout Standard
43343 Some classes use special class options by default.
43344 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43348 and you can decide to use them or not.
43349 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43350 recommended to leave them untouched.
43355 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43360 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43361 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43367 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43368 \begin_inset Newline newline
43373 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43376 \begin_inset Newline newline
43379 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43385 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43387 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43399 \begin_layout Standard
43400 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43402 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43403 document is opened without its master.
43404 This way child documents are always compilable.
43405 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43412 \begin_inset space ~
43420 \begin_layout Standard
43421 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43431 \begin_inset Index idx
43434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43435 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43441 \begin_inset Index idx
43444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43445 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43450 for cross-references, see sec.
43451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43457 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43464 \begin_layout Section
43468 \begin_layout Standard
43469 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43470 Please refer to the section
43473 \begin_inset space ~
43481 \begin_inset space ~
43486 manual for details.
43489 \begin_layout Section
43493 \begin_layout Standard
43494 Modules are explained in section
43495 \begin_inset space ~
43499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43501 reference "sub:Modules"
43508 \begin_layout Section
43512 \begin_layout Standard
43514 \begin_inset space ~
43518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43520 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43527 \begin_layout Section
43531 \begin_layout Standard
43532 The document font settings are described in section
43533 \begin_inset space ~
43537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43539 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43546 \begin_layout Section
43550 \begin_layout Standard
43551 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43553 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43556 \begin_layout Standard
43557 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43558 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43560 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43563 \begin_layout Section
43567 \begin_layout Standard
43568 A description of this menu is given in section
43569 \begin_inset space ~
43573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43575 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43582 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43589 \begin_layout Section
43593 \begin_layout Standard
43594 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43595 \begin_inset space ~
43599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43601 reference "sub:Margins"
43608 \begin_layout Section
43610 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43612 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43617 \begin_inset Index idx
43620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43621 Language ! Encoding
43629 \begin_layout Standard
43630 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43631 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43632 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43633 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43634 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43635 known for a particular character).
43639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43640 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43645 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43650 manual for details.
43658 \begin_layout Standard
43659 If you use the option
43663 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43664 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43665 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43666 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43667 exactly one encoding.
43668 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43671 \begin_layout Standard
43672 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43673 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43674 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
43675 choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43676 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43677 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43682 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43683 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43684 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43685 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43686 engines to standard LaTeX.
43687 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43688 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43691 \begin_inset space ~
43698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43710 \begin_inset space ~
43717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43729 \begin_inset space ~
43735 \begin_inset space ~
43739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43741 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43746 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43750 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43753 \begin_layout Standard
43757 \begin_inset space ~
43762 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43772 The possible settings are:
43775 \begin_layout Description
43776 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43778 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43779 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43783 \begin_inset space ~
43787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43789 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43796 \begin_layout Description
43797 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43798 format you will use.
43799 In many cases this will be
43804 \begin_inset Index idx
43807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43808 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43814 If the newer package
43819 \begin_inset Index idx
43822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43823 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43828 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43829 this package will be used instead of
43836 \begin_layout Description
43838 \begin_inset space ~
43849 would be more appropriate.
43852 \begin_layout Description
43853 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43854 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43858 (for German texts), type in
43861 \begin_inset Newline newline
43866 usepackage{ngerman}
43869 \begin_layout Description
43870 None will not use a language package.
43871 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43874 \begin_layout Standard
43875 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43878 \begin_layout Description
43880 \begin_inset space ~
43884 \begin_inset space ~
43888 \begin_inset space ~
43895 , but the LaTeX-package
43900 \begin_inset Index idx
43903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43904 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43910 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43911 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43912 languages in TeX code.
43915 \begin_layout Description
43916 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43917 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43918 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43921 \begin_layout Description
43923 \begin_inset space ~
43927 \begin_inset space ~
43930 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43933 \begin_layout Description
43935 \begin_inset space ~
43939 \begin_inset space ~
43942 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43945 \begin_layout Description
43947 \begin_inset space ~
43950 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43953 \begin_layout Description
43955 \begin_inset space ~
43959 \begin_inset space ~
43962 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43963 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43966 \begin_layout Description
43968 \begin_inset space ~
43972 \begin_inset space ~
43975 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43979 \begin_layout Description
43981 \begin_inset space ~
43985 \begin_inset space ~
43988 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43989 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43992 \begin_layout Description
43994 \begin_inset space ~
43998 \begin_inset space ~
44002 \begin_inset space ~
44005 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
44006 \begin_inset space ~
44012 \begin_layout Description
44014 \begin_inset space ~
44018 \begin_inset space ~
44022 \begin_inset space ~
44025 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
44026 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
44029 \begin_layout Description
44031 \begin_inset space ~
44035 \begin_inset space ~
44038 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
44039 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
44040 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
44041 \begin_inset space ~
44045 \begin_inset space ~
44051 \begin_layout Description
44053 \begin_inset space ~
44057 \begin_inset space ~
44060 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
44061 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
44062 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
44063 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
44064 \begin_inset space ~
44068 \begin_inset space ~
44074 \begin_layout Description
44076 \begin_inset space ~
44080 \begin_inset space ~
44083 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
44086 \begin_layout Description
44088 \begin_inset space ~
44092 \begin_inset space ~
44095 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
44098 \begin_layout Description
44100 \begin_inset space ~
44104 \begin_inset space ~
44107 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
44110 \begin_layout Description
44112 \begin_inset space ~
44115 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
44118 \begin_layout Description
44120 \begin_inset space ~
44123 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
44126 \begin_layout Description
44128 \begin_inset space ~
44132 \begin_inset space ~
44135 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
44138 \begin_layout Description
44140 \begin_inset space ~
44144 \begin_inset space ~
44150 \begin_layout Description
44152 \begin_inset space ~
44156 \begin_inset space ~
44159 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44162 \begin_layout Description
44164 \begin_inset space ~
44168 \begin_inset space ~
44174 \begin_layout Description
44176 \begin_inset space ~
44180 \begin_inset space ~
44183 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44188 \begin_inset Index idx
44191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44192 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44197 , when using this, set the document language to
44202 \begin_layout Description
44204 \begin_inset space ~
44208 \begin_inset space ~
44211 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44215 , when using this, set the document language to
44218 \begin_inset space ~
44224 \begin_layout Description
44226 \begin_inset space ~
44230 \begin_inset space ~
44233 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44238 \begin_inset Index idx
44241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44242 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44247 , when using this, set the document language to
44252 \begin_layout Description
44254 \begin_inset space ~
44258 \begin_inset space ~
44261 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44265 , when using this, set the document language to
44270 \begin_layout Description
44272 \begin_inset space ~
44276 \begin_inset space ~
44279 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44283 , when using this, set the document language to
44288 \begin_layout Description
44290 \begin_inset space ~
44293 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44296 \begin_layout Description
44298 \begin_inset space ~
44302 \begin_inset space ~
44306 \begin_inset space ~
44309 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44312 \begin_layout Description
44314 \begin_inset space ~
44318 \begin_inset space ~
44322 \begin_inset space ~
44325 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44326 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44327 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44330 \begin_layout Description
44332 \begin_inset space ~
44336 \begin_inset space ~
44342 \begin_layout Description
44344 \begin_inset space ~
44348 \begin_inset space ~
44351 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44352 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44355 \begin_layout Description
44357 \begin_inset space ~
44361 \begin_inset space ~
44364 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44369 \begin_inset Index idx
44372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44373 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44378 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44381 \begin_layout Description
44383 \begin_inset space ~
44387 \begin_inset space ~
44390 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44398 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44403 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44405 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44408 \begin_layout Description
44410 \begin_inset space ~
44414 \begin_inset space ~
44417 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44422 \begin_inset Index idx
44425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44426 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44431 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44434 \begin_layout Description
44436 \begin_inset space ~
44439 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44444 \begin_inset Index idx
44447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44448 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44454 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44458 \begin_layout Description
44460 \begin_inset space ~
44464 \begin_inset space ~
44468 \begin_inset space ~
44471 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44472 \begin_inset space ~
44478 \begin_layout Description
44480 \begin_inset space ~
44484 \begin_inset space ~
44488 \begin_inset space ~
44491 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44492 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44493 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44497 \begin_layout Description
44499 \begin_inset space ~
44503 \begin_inset space ~
44507 \begin_inset space ~
44510 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44511 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44514 \begin_layout Standard
44515 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44524 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44528 for more information on the language package.
44531 \begin_layout Section
44533 \begin_inset Index idx
44536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44543 \begin_inset Index idx
44546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44555 \begin_layout Standard
44556 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44558 \begin_inset space ~
44561 out notes (default: light grey).
44566 sets the color back to the default.
44569 \begin_layout Standard
44570 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44572 \begin_inset space ~
44575 boxes (default: red).
44578 \begin_layout Standard
44579 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44583 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44585 \begin_inset space ~
44588 out note appears blue in the output.)
44596 \begin_layout Standard
44597 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44600 \begin_inset space ~
44605 in the document settings under
44608 \begin_inset space ~
44613 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44616 \begin_inset space ~
44624 \begin_inset space ~
44630 For example the option
44633 \begin_layout Standard
44639 \begin_layout Standard
44640 sets the link text color to black.
44641 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44646 \begin_inset Index idx
44649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44650 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44656 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44665 \begin_layout Standard
44666 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44672 \begin_layout Standard
44673 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44674 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44675 \begin_inset space ~
44678 Code behind a forced page break:
44681 \begin_layout Itemize
44682 For the page color:
44683 \begin_inset Newline newline
44690 pagecolor{color name}
44693 \begin_layout Itemize
44694 For the text color:
44695 \begin_inset Newline newline
44705 \begin_layout Standard
44706 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44739 \begin_inset Newline newline
44742 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44746 \begin_layout Itemize
44747 For the page background color:
44748 \begin_inset Newline newline
44753 page_backgroundcolor
44756 \begin_layout Itemize
44757 For the main text color:
44758 \begin_inset Newline newline
44766 \begin_layout Itemize
44768 \begin_inset space ~
44771 box background color:
44772 \begin_inset Newline newline
44780 \begin_layout Itemize
44782 \begin_inset space ~
44785 out note text color:
44786 \begin_inset Newline newline
44794 \begin_layout Standard
44795 To see how to define and use custom colors, see section
44798 \begin_inset space ~
44806 \begin_inset space ~
44814 \begin_layout Section
44818 \begin_layout Standard
44819 Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44820 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44821 \begin_inset space ~
44825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44827 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44834 \begin_layout Section
44838 \begin_layout Standard
44839 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44844 \begin_inset Index idx
44847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44848 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44858 \begin_inset Index idx
44861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44862 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44868 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44873 \begin_inset Index idx
44876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44877 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44882 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44884 For a further description see section
44885 \begin_inset space ~
44889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44891 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44898 \begin_layout Section
44902 \begin_layout Standard
44903 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44904 and you can define additional indexes.
44905 Please refer to section
44906 \begin_inset space ~
44910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44912 reference "sec:Index"
44919 \begin_layout Section
44923 \begin_layout Standard
44924 The PDF properties are explained in section
44925 \begin_inset space ~
44929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44931 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44938 \begin_layout Section
44942 \begin_layout Standard
44943 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44948 \begin_inset Index idx
44951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44952 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44962 \begin_inset Index idx
44965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44966 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44976 \begin_inset Index idx
44979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44980 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44990 \begin_inset Index idx
44993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44994 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44999 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
45002 \begin_layout Description
45003 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
45004 ensure that you have enabled
45007 \begin_inset space ~
45015 \begin_layout Description
45016 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
45019 \begin_inset space ~
45031 \begin_layout Description
45032 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
45043 \begin_layout Description
45044 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
45046 Chemical Symbols and Equations
45055 \begin_layout Section
45059 \begin_layout Standard
45060 The float placement options are described in section
45063 \begin_inset space ~
45071 \begin_inset space ~
45079 \begin_layout Section
45083 \begin_layout Standard
45084 The listings settings are explained in chapter
45086 Program Code Listings
45091 \begin_inset space ~
45099 \begin_layout Section
45103 \begin_layout Standard
45104 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
45105 The itemize environment is described in section
45106 \begin_inset space ~
45110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45112 reference "sec:Itemize"
45119 \begin_layout Section
45123 \begin_layout Standard
45124 Branches are described in section
45125 \begin_inset space ~
45129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45131 reference "sec:Branches"
45138 \begin_layout Section
45140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45142 name "sec:Doc-Output"
45149 \begin_layout Standard
45150 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
45153 \begin_layout Description
45155 \begin_inset space ~
45159 \begin_inset space ~
45162 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45182 View Master Document
45183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45190 Update Master Document
45191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45198 menu or the toolbar.
45199 The default is set in
45201 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45202 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45206 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45212 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45219 \begin_layout Description
45221 \begin_inset space ~
45225 \begin_inset space ~
45228 Output settings for the menu
45230 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45232 \begin_inset space ~
45238 For a detailed description see section
45240 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45245 \begin_inset space ~
45253 \begin_layout Description
45255 \begin_inset space ~
45259 \begin_inset space ~
45262 Options settings for the export format
45270 \begin_inset space ~
45275 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45276 \begin_inset space ~
45279 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45283 \begin_inset space ~
45288 settings are described in detail in section
45290 Math Output in XHTML
45295 \begin_inset space ~
45301 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45304 \begin_layout Section
45309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45319 \begin_layout Standard
45320 In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
45321 or to define LaTeX-commands.
45322 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45323 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45327 \begin_layout Standard
45328 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45329 \begin_inset space ~
45333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45335 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45342 \begin_layout Chapter
45348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45350 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45355 \begin_inset Index idx
45358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45367 \begin_layout Standard
45368 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45370 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45374 It has the following submenus.
45377 \begin_layout Section
45381 \begin_layout Subsection
45385 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45386 User Interface File
45387 \begin_inset Index idx
45390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45391 Customization ! of toolbars
45397 \begin_inset Index idx
45400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45401 Customization ! of menus
45409 \begin_layout Standard
45410 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45411 interface (ui) file.
45412 A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45413 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45422 Both files are loaded by the
45427 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45428 files and edit the entries.
45431 \begin_layout Standard
45432 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45444 entries must be finished with an explicit
45469 and in the case of the
45470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45482 The syntax for the entries is:
45485 \begin_layout Standard
45486 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45514 \begin_layout Standard
45516 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45519 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45521 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45523 \begin_inset space ~
45531 \begin_layout Standard
45532 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45538 \begin_layout Standard
45539 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45541 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45544 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45548 \begin_layout Standard
45549 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45573 \begin_layout Standard
45575 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45586 menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45589 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45593 \begin_layout Standard
45594 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45595 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45596 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45599 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45606 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45610 \begin_layout Standard
45613 Enable tool tips in main work area
45615 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45619 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45623 \begin_layout Standard
45626 Restore window layouts and geometries
45628 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45629 in the last LyX session.
45632 \begin_layout Standard
45635 Restore cursor positions
45637 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
45641 \begin_layout Standard
45644 Load opened files from last session
45646 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45649 \begin_layout Standard
45652 Clear all session information
45654 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45655 of last opened documents, etc.).
45658 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45662 name "sub:Backup documents"
45667 \begin_inset Index idx
45670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45679 \begin_layout Standard
45682 Backup original documents when saving
45684 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45685 it was saved the last time.
45686 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45689 \begin_inset space ~
45695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45697 reference "sec:Paths"
45702 The backup file has the file extension
45703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45717 \begin_layout Standard
45720 Backup documents, every
45722 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45725 \begin_layout Standard
45728 Save documents compressed by default
45730 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45733 \begin_layout Standard
45738 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45741 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45743 \begin_inset space ~
45751 \begin_layout Standard
45754 Open documents in tabs
45756 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45760 \begin_layout Standard
45765 is only active if a LyXServer pipe
45769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45771 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45777 reference "sec:Paths"
45781 for information about LyXServer pipes.
45787 If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
45789 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
45792 \begin_layout Standard
45795 Single close-tab button
45797 there will only be one button (
45800 \begin_inset Graphics
45801 filename ../images/closetab.png
45808 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45809 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45812 \begin_layout Standard
45813 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45821 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
45829 \begin_layout Subsection
45831 \begin_inset Index idx
45834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45841 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45843 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45850 \begin_layout Standard
45851 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45854 \begin_layout Standard
45855 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45863 This section only deals with the fonts
45868 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45871 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45872 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45883 \begin_layout Standard
45884 By default, LyX uses
45888 as roman (serif) font,
45896 (depends on the system) as
45899 \begin_inset space ~
45915 \begin_layout Standard
45916 You can change the font size with the
45923 \begin_layout Standard
45928 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45930 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45933 points have the size of 1
45934 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45938 \begin_inset space ~
45942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45944 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
45949 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
45950 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45954 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45955 \begin_inset space ~
45959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45961 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45968 \begin_layout Standard
45971 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45973 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45974 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45975 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45976 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45978 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45979 \begin_inset space ~
45985 \begin_layout Subsection
45987 \begin_inset Index idx
45990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45997 \begin_inset Index idx
46000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46009 \begin_layout Standard
46010 Here you can change all the colors used by LyX.
46011 Choose an item in the list and use the
46018 \begin_layout Standard
46019 By using the option
46023 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
46026 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
46027 \begin_inset space ~
46031 \begin_inset space ~
46036 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
46039 \begin_layout Subsection
46041 \begin_inset Index idx
46044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46053 \begin_layout Standard
46054 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
46057 \begin_layout Standard
46062 enables previewing snippets of your document.
46063 This feature is described in section
46064 \begin_inset space ~
46068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46070 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
46077 \begin_layout Standard
46081 \begin_inset space ~
46085 \begin_inset space ~
46089 \begin_inset space ~
46094 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
46097 \begin_layout Section
46099 \begin_inset Index idx
46102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46111 \begin_layout Subsection
46115 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46119 \begin_layout Standard
46122 Cursor follows scrollbar
46124 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
46128 \begin_layout Standard
46129 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
46130 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
46131 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
46134 \begin_layout Standard
46137 Scroll below end of document
46139 is self-explanatory.
46142 \begin_layout Standard
46143 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
46150 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
46152 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
46153 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
46156 \begin_layout Standard
46159 Sort environments alphabetically
46161 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46164 \begin_layout Standard
46167 Group environments by their category
46169 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46172 \begin_layout Standard
46173 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46185 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46189 \begin_layout Standard
46190 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46195 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46196 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
46200 \begin_layout Subsection
46202 \begin_inset Index idx
46205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46212 \begin_inset Index idx
46215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46216 Settings ! Shortcuts
46224 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46228 \begin_layout Standard
46229 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46230 Several binding files are available:
46233 \begin_layout Description
46234 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46237 \begin_layout Description
46238 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46249 \begin_layout Description
46250 mac.bind set of bindings for
46253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46261 \begin_layout Standard
46262 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46266 , and bind files for special languages.
46267 The names of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46272 \begin_inset space \space{}
46276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46284 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46288 \begin_layout Standard
46289 Some bind-files, like
46293 , have only a small scope.
46294 When looking at the end of the file
46298 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46303 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46305 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46310 \begin_inset Index idx
46313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46314 Key Bindings ! Editing
46322 \begin_layout Standard
46323 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46324 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46325 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46328 Show key-bindings containing
46331 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46332 Insert there for example as keyword
46333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46340 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46350 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46351 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46355 that you will find in the
46362 \begin_layout Standard
46364 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46368 \begin_inset space \space{}
46379 , select the function and press the
46384 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46385 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46386 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46387 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46388 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46390 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46392 The binding for the function
46396 is an example of this.
46399 \begin_layout Standard
46400 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46402 The syntax of the entries is:
46405 \begin_layout Standard
46411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46429 \begin_layout Subsection
46431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46433 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46438 \begin_inset Index idx
46441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46448 \begin_inset Index idx
46451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46452 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46460 \begin_layout Standard
46461 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46462 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46468 \begin_inset space \space{}
46471 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46472 can use the keyboard map file named
46479 \begin_layout Standard
46480 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46488 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46496 \begin_layout Standard
46497 You can furthermore specify here the
46499 Wheel scrolling speed
46502 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46506 \begin_layout Standard
46511 you can select a key for zooming.
46512 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46515 \begin_layout Subsection
46519 \begin_layout Standard
46520 Input completion is described in sec.
46521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46527 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46534 \begin_layout Section
46536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46543 \begin_inset Index idx
46546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46553 \begin_inset Index idx
46556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46565 \begin_layout Description
46567 \begin_inset space ~
46570 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46571 It is the default when you
46582 \begin_inset space ~
46590 \begin_layout Description
46592 \begin_inset space ~
46595 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46597 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46599 \begin_inset space ~
46603 \begin_inset space ~
46611 \begin_layout Description
46613 \begin_inset space ~
46616 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46622 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46626 \begin_inset Newline newline
46630 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46642 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
46650 \begin_layout Description
46652 \begin_inset space ~
46656 \begin_inset Index idx
46659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46665 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46666 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46667 \begin_inset space ~
46671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46673 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46681 will be used to save the backups.
46682 \begin_inset Newline newline
46685 Backup files have the ending
46686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46696 \begin_layout Description
46701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46709 \begin_inset space ~
46712 pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
46713 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46714 \begin_inset Newline newline
46721 You add a BibTeX-database
46726 You can edit this file with the program
46735 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46738 \begin_inset space ~
46744 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46749 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46750 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46756 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46757 \begin_inset Newline newline
46760 The pipe is also used for the
46765 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46771 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46776 \begin_inset Newline newline
46779 To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
46780 \begin_inset Newline newline
46796 \begin_layout Description
46798 \begin_inset space ~
46801 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46804 \begin_layout Description
46806 \begin_inset space ~
46809 dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46810 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46811 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46814 \begin_layout Description
46816 \begin_inset space ~
46819 dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46825 You only need to specify it if you are using
46829 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46835 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46839 \begin_layout Description
46841 \begin_inset space ~
46844 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46845 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46846 to find it on the system.
46847 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46848 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46850 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46857 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46858 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46861 \begin_layout Description
46863 \begin_inset space ~
46866 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46867 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the document
46869 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46871 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
46872 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
46873 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
46874 scanned for the input files.
46875 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46876 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46877 It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
46878 on may fail for some documents.
46881 \begin_layout Section
46885 \begin_layout Standard
46886 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46887 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46889 \begin_inset space ~
46893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46895 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46899 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46902 \begin_layout Section
46904 \begin_inset Index idx
46907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46908 Language ! Settings
46914 \begin_inset Index idx
46917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46918 Settings ! Language
46926 \begin_layout Subsection
46928 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46930 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46937 \begin_layout Description
46939 \begin_inset space ~
46943 \begin_inset space ~
46946 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46947 You find the actual translation status here:
46948 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46950 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46957 \begin_layout Description
46959 \begin_inset space ~
46962 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46964 Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46965 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46982 The most widespread language package is
46987 \begin_inset Index idx
46990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46991 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46996 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46997 More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
46998 alternative language package
47003 \begin_inset Index idx
47006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47007 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
47012 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
47013 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
47015 The available selections are described in sec.
47016 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47022 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
47029 \begin_layout Description
47031 \begin_inset space ~
47034 start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
47035 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
47036 An example is the start command
47042 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
47047 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47062 selectlanguage{$$lang}
47067 \begin_layout Description
47069 \begin_inset space ~
47077 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
47078 command toggles the package on and off.
47081 \begin_layout Description
47083 \begin_inset space ~
47087 \begin_inset space ~
47090 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
47094 \begin_layout Description
47096 \begin_inset space ~
47100 \begin_inset space ~
47103 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
47104 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
47105 used by all LaTeX-packages.
47106 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
47113 \begin_layout Description
47115 \begin_inset space ~
47118 begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
47120 When this option is not set, the
47123 \begin_inset space ~
47128 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
47129 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
47132 \begin_inset space ~
47140 \begin_layout Description
47142 \begin_inset space ~
47148 \begin_inset space ~
47154 When it is not set, the
47157 \begin_inset space ~
47162 is set to the end of the document.
47165 \begin_layout Description
47167 \begin_inset space ~
47171 \begin_inset space ~
47174 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
47175 language will be underlined in blue.
47178 \begin_layout Description
47180 \begin_inset space ~
47184 \begin_inset space ~
47187 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
47188 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
47191 \begin_layout Description
47193 \begin_inset space ~
47196 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
47197 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
47198 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
47199 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
47202 \begin_layout Subsection
47206 \begin_layout Standard
47207 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
47208 \begin_inset space ~
47212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47214 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47221 \begin_layout Section
47225 \begin_layout Subsection
47229 \begin_layout Description
47231 \begin_inset space ~
47235 \begin_inset space ~
47238 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47241 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47242 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47244 \begin_inset space ~
47250 Setting the line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless line.
47253 \begin_layout Description
47255 \begin_inset space ~
47259 \begin_inset Index idx
47262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47269 \begin_inset Index idx
47272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47273 Settings ! Date format
47278 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47279 \begin_inset Newline newline
47283 \begin_inset Flex URL
47286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47288 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47294 \begin_inset Newline newline
47297 For example the format
47298 \begin_inset Newline newline
47302 \begin_inset Newline newline
47305 prints the date as day/month/year.
47308 \begin_layout Description
47310 \begin_inset space ~
47314 \begin_inset space ~
47317 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47320 \begin_layout Description
47322 \begin_inset space ~
47325 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47327 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47329 \begin_inset space ~
47335 For a detailed description see section
47337 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47342 \begin_inset space ~
47350 \begin_layout Subsection
47352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47359 \begin_inset Index idx
47362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47369 \begin_inset Index idx
47372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47381 \begin_layout Description
47383 \begin_inset space ~
47386 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47387 The name will be used when the
47392 \begin_inset Newline newline
47396 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47404 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47412 \begin_layout Description
47414 \begin_inset space ~
47417 command is the command LyX
47418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47425 LaTeX uses for printing.
47433 \begin_layout Description
47435 \begin_inset space ~
47439 \begin_inset space ~
47442 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47443 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47444 of the program that provides the
47451 \begin_layout Description
47453 \begin_inset space ~
47457 \begin_inset space ~
47461 \begin_inset space ~
47464 printer This option works only for the
47469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47481 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47482 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47485 \begin_layout Subsection
47490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47500 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47505 \begin_inset Index idx
47508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47517 \begin_layout Description
47519 \begin_inset space ~
47526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47534 \begin_inset space ~
47538 \begin_inset space ~
47541 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47546 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47567 are used for Cyrillic.
47568 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47581 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47582 LyX sets up in the background.
47583 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47586 \begin_layout Description
47588 \begin_inset space ~
47592 \begin_inset space ~
47595 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47600 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47603 \begin_layout Description
47605 \begin_inset space ~
47609 \begin_inset space ~
47613 \begin_inset space ~
47617 \begin_inset space ~
47620 options They only have an effect when the program
47624 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47627 \begin_layout Standard
47628 Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
47629 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47630 manuals of the applications.
47633 \begin_layout Description
47635 \begin_inset space ~
47638 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47639 \begin_inset space ~
47643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47645 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47652 \begin_layout Description
47654 \begin_inset space ~
47657 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47658 \begin_inset space ~
47662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47664 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47671 \begin_layout Description
47673 \begin_inset space ~
47676 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47677 \begin_inset space ~
47681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47683 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47690 \begin_layout Description
47695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47703 \begin_inset space ~
47706 command Command for the program
47710 that is described in the section
47716 Additional Features
47721 \begin_layout Standard
47722 There are additionally the following options:
47725 \begin_layout Description
47727 \begin_inset space ~
47731 \begin_inset space ~
47735 \begin_inset space ~
47739 \begin_inset space ~
47743 \begin_inset space ~
47746 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47764 to separate folders.
47765 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47766 \begin_inset Index idx
47769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47776 \begin_inset Index idx
47779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47788 \begin_layout Description
47790 \begin_inset space ~
47794 \begin_inset space ~
47798 \begin_inset space ~
47802 \begin_inset space ~
47806 \begin_inset space ~
47810 \begin_inset space ~
47813 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47815 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47818 dialog when changing the document class.
47821 \begin_layout Section
47823 \begin_inset space ~
47827 \begin_inset Index idx
47830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47839 \begin_layout Subsection
47841 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47843 name "sub:Converters"
47848 \begin_inset Index idx
47851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47860 \begin_layout Standard
47861 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47862 from one format to another.
47863 You can modify converters or create new ones.
47864 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47871 \begin_inset space ~
47881 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47885 \begin_inset space ~
47890 drop-down list, modify the
47894 field and press the
47901 \begin_layout Standard
47904 Converter File Cache
47906 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47909 Maximum Age (in days
47912 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47913 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47916 \begin_layout Standard
47917 More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
47918 definition, is described in the section
47929 \begin_layout Subsection
47931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47933 name "sec:File-Formats"
47938 \begin_inset Index idx
47941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47948 \begin_inset Index idx
47951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47960 \begin_layout Standard
47961 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47962 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47966 \begin_layout Standard
47967 Furthermore, you can define the
47969 Default output format
47971 that is used when you use
47973 View, Update, View Master Document
47977 Update Master Document
47983 menu or the toolbar.
47986 \begin_layout Standard
47987 More about formats and their options is described in the section
47998 \begin_layout Standard
47999 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
48000 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
48001 to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
48002 This is done by specifying a
48007 More about this is described in the section
48018 \begin_layout Chapter
48019 Units available in LyX
48020 \begin_inset Index idx
48023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48032 name "chap:Units-available-in"
48039 \begin_layout Standard
48040 To understand the units described in this documentation,
48041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
48043 reference "tab:Units"
48047 explains all units available in LyX.
48050 \begin_layout Standard
48051 \begin_inset Float table
48057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48058 \begin_inset Caption Standard
48060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48076 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
48082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48084 \begin_inset Tabular
48085 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
48086 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
48087 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48088 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48184 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48188 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48216 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48239 scaled point (65536
48240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48244 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48272 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48300 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48328 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48332 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48355 % of original image width
48362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48548 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48569 \begin_layout Chapter
48571 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48573 name "chap:Credits"
48580 \begin_layout Standard
48581 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48582 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48585 \begin_layout Itemize
48588 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48591 \begin_layout Itemize
48597 \begin_layout Itemize
48603 \begin_layout Itemize
48609 \begin_layout Itemize
48615 \begin_layout Itemize
48621 \begin_layout Itemize
48627 \begin_layout Itemize
48633 \begin_layout Itemize
48636 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48639 \begin_layout Itemize
48645 \begin_layout Itemize
48651 \begin_layout Itemize
48657 \begin_layout Itemize
48663 \begin_layout Itemize
48669 \begin_layout Itemize
48675 \begin_layout Itemize
48681 \begin_layout Itemize
48687 \begin_layout Itemize
48689 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48698 \begin_layout Standard
48699 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48702 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48709 \begin_layout Bibliography
48710 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48711 LatexCommand bibitem
48718 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48721 target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"
48726 \begin_inset Newline newline
48730 \begin_inset Flex URL
48733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48735 http://www.lyx.org/Credits
48743 \begin_layout Bibliography
48744 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48745 LatexCommand bibitem
48746 key "latexcompanion"
48750 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48752 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48755 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48758 \begin_layout Bibliography
48759 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48760 LatexCommand bibitem
48765 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48768 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48771 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48774 \begin_layout Bibliography
48775 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48776 LatexCommand bibitem
48783 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48786 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48789 \begin_layout Bibliography
48790 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48791 LatexCommand bibitem
48803 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48806 \begin_layout Bibliography
48807 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48808 LatexCommand bibitem
48814 \begin_inset Newline newline
48818 \begin_inset Flex URL
48821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48823 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48831 \begin_layout Bibliography
48832 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48833 LatexCommand bibitem
48839 \begin_inset Newline newline
48843 \begin_inset Flex URL
48846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48848 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48856 \begin_layout Bibliography
48857 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48858 LatexCommand bibitem
48864 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48866 name "Documentation"
48867 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48876 \begin_inset Newline newline
48880 \begin_inset Flex URL
48883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48885 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48893 \begin_layout Bibliography
48894 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48895 LatexCommand bibitem
48901 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48903 name "Documentation"
48904 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48908 how to use the program
48913 \begin_inset Newline newline
48917 \begin_inset Flex URL
48920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48922 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48930 \begin_layout Bibliography
48931 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48932 LatexCommand bibitem
48938 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48940 name "Documentation"
48941 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48950 \begin_inset Newline newline
48954 \begin_inset Flex URL
48957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48959 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48967 \begin_layout Bibliography
48968 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48969 LatexCommand bibitem
48975 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48977 name "Documentation"
48978 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48987 \begin_inset Newline newline
48991 \begin_inset Flex URL
48994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48996 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
49004 \begin_layout Bibliography
49005 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49006 LatexCommand bibitem
49012 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49014 name "Documentation"
49015 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
49019 of the LaTeX-package
49024 \begin_inset Index idx
49027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49028 LaTeX-packages ! caption
49034 \begin_inset Newline newline
49038 \begin_inset Flex URL
49041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49043 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
49051 \begin_layout Bibliography
49052 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49053 LatexCommand bibitem
49059 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49061 name "Documentation"
49062 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
49066 of the LaTeX-package
49071 \begin_inset Index idx
49074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49075 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
49081 \begin_inset Newline newline
49085 \begin_inset Flex URL
49088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49090 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
49098 \begin_layout Bibliography
49099 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49100 LatexCommand bibitem
49106 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49108 name "Documentation"
49109 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
49113 of the LaTeX-package
49118 \begin_inset Index idx
49121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49122 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
49128 \begin_inset Newline newline
49132 \begin_inset Flex URL
49135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49137 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
49145 \begin_layout Bibliography
49146 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49147 LatexCommand bibitem
49153 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49155 name "Documentation"
49156 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
49160 of the LaTeX-package
49165 \begin_inset Index idx
49168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49169 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
49175 \begin_inset Newline newline
49179 \begin_inset Flex URL
49182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49184 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49192 \begin_layout Bibliography
49193 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49194 LatexCommand bibitem
49200 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49202 name "Documentation"
49203 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49207 of the LaTeX-package
49212 \begin_inset Index idx
49215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49216 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49222 \begin_inset Newline newline
49226 \begin_inset Flex URL
49229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49231 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49239 \begin_layout Bibliography
49240 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49241 LatexCommand bibitem
49247 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49249 name "Documentation"
49250 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49254 of the LaTeX-package
49259 \begin_inset Index idx
49262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49263 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49269 \begin_inset Newline newline
49273 \begin_inset Flex URL
49276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49278 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49286 \begin_layout Bibliography
49287 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49288 LatexCommand bibitem
49294 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49296 name "Documentation"
49297 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49301 of the LaTeX-package
49306 \begin_inset Index idx
49309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49310 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49316 \begin_inset Newline newline
49320 \begin_inset Flex URL
49323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49325 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49333 \begin_layout Bibliography
49334 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49335 LatexCommand bibitem
49341 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49343 name "Documentation"
49344 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49348 of the LaTeX-package
49353 \begin_inset Index idx
49356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49357 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49363 \begin_inset Newline newline
49367 \begin_inset Flex URL
49370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49372 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49380 \begin_layout Bibliography
49381 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49382 LatexCommand bibitem
49388 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49391 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49395 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49396 \begin_inset Newline newline
49400 \begin_inset Flex URL
49403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49405 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49413 \begin_layout Bibliography
49414 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49415 LatexCommand bibitem
49421 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49424 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49428 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49429 \begin_inset Newline newline
49433 \begin_inset Flex URL
49436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49438 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49446 \begin_layout Bibliography
49447 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49448 LatexCommand bibitem
49454 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49457 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49461 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49462 \begin_inset Newline newline
49466 \begin_inset Flex URL
49469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49471 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49479 \begin_layout Bibliography
49480 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49481 LatexCommand bibitem
49487 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49490 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49494 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49495 \begin_inset Newline newline
49499 \begin_inset Flex URL
49502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49504 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49512 \begin_layout Bibliography
49513 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49514 LatexCommand bibitem
49520 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49523 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49527 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49528 \begin_inset Newline newline
49532 \begin_inset Flex URL
49535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49537 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49545 \begin_layout Bibliography
49546 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49547 LatexCommand bibitem
49553 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49556 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49560 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49561 \begin_inset Newline newline
49565 \begin_inset Flex URL
49568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49570 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49578 \begin_layout Bibliography
49579 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49580 LatexCommand bibitem
49586 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49589 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49593 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49594 \begin_inset Newline newline
49598 \begin_inset Flex URL
49601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49603 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49611 \begin_layout Bibliography
49612 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49613 LatexCommand bibitem
49619 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49622 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49626 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49627 \begin_inset Newline newline
49631 \begin_inset Flex URL
49634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49636 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49644 \begin_layout Bibliography
49645 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49646 LatexCommand bibitem
49652 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49655 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49659 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49660 \begin_inset Newline newline
49664 \begin_inset Flex URL
49667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49669 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49677 \begin_layout Bibliography
49678 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49679 LatexCommand bibitem
49685 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49688 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49692 about new features in
49697 \begin_inset Newline newline
49701 \begin_inset Flex URL
49704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49706 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49714 \begin_layout Standard
49715 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49749 \begin_inset Note Note
49752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49759 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49760 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49761 bibliography is the second one:
49769 \begin_layout Standard
49770 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49771 LatexCommand bibtex
49772 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49773 options "biblio/alphadin"
49780 \begin_layout Standard
49781 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49784 \begin_layout Standard
49785 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49786 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49792 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49793 LatexCommand printindex